WO2014045844A1 - Information processing device - Google Patents

Information processing device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014045844A1
WO2014045844A1 PCT/JP2013/073383 JP2013073383W WO2014045844A1 WO 2014045844 A1 WO2014045844 A1 WO 2014045844A1 JP 2013073383 W JP2013073383 W JP 2013073383W WO 2014045844 A1 WO2014045844 A1 WO 2014045844A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
reservation
usage
storage unit
promotion
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/073383
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
善久 内田
Original Assignee
アンサンシステムズ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2012205259A external-priority patent/JP6064475B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2012248053A external-priority patent/JP6433043B2/en
Application filed by アンサンシステムズ株式会社 filed Critical アンサンシステムズ株式会社
Publication of WO2014045844A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014045844A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/02Reservations, e.g. for tickets, services or events
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/02Marketing; Price estimation or determination; Fundraising

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an apparatus for transmitting information for promotion about a restaurant to a user. Also.
  • the present invention relates to an apparatus for managing reservations at restaurants and the like.
  • an electronic coupon issuing system in which a mobile terminal and a server are connected via a network, the mobile terminal is written with a message to receive an electronic coupon and specific information for specifying the server
  • an electronic coupon issuing system that receives an electronic mail, accesses the server using the specific information, and sends an electronic coupon to the mobile terminal. (For example, refer to Patent Document 1).
  • a restaurant reservation / management system using an information system for making reservations, receiving orders, and placing orders for a large number of restaurants and customers, which supervises the restaurants connected to the information system.
  • the restaurant service site that performs reservation work by the reservation search by the information system from the customer and the response to the customer, and performs the business of placing an order to the reserved restaurant based on the contents of the reservation order is known. It was done. (For example, refer to Patent Document 2).
  • JP 2002-117310 A (first page, FIG. 1 etc.)
  • JP 2001-350997 A (first page, FIG. 1 etc.)
  • the conventional technology has a problem that reservations at restaurants cannot be properly processed.
  • An information processing apparatus includes a usage information storage unit that stores usage information that is information related to the use of a restaurant by one or more users, a usage information reception unit that receives the usage information and accumulates the usage information in the usage information storage unit.
  • Promotion information storage for storing promotion information, which is information prompting the use of a restaurant, and promotion information acquisition for acquiring promotion information corresponding to the usage information stored in the usage information storage from the promotion information storage
  • the contact information storage unit storing one or more contact information that is information indicating a contact corresponding to the user, and the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit are stored in the contact information storage unit. It is an information processing apparatus provided with the transmission part which transmits to the contact shown by one or more contact information.
  • the promotion information storage unit stores condition management information, which is information indicating conditions relating to usage information, and promotion management information, which is information including promotion information.
  • condition management information which is information indicating conditions relating to usage information
  • promotion management information which is information including promotion information.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit when the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit satisfies one or more condition information stored in the promotion information storage unit, the promotion information associated with the condition information, It is an information processing apparatus acquired from promotion management information.
  • the usage information storage unit stores usage information including current status information that is information indicating a current usage status of the restaurant by the user, and promotion information.
  • the storage unit stores condition information including conditions relating to the current status information
  • the promotion information acquisition unit stores usage information including the current status information stored in the usage information storage unit in the promotion information storage unit.
  • the usage information storage unit stores usage information including order history information that is information indicating food and drink ordered by the user
  • the promotion information storage unit stores the usage information. Is stored with condition information including conditions related to order history information
  • the promotion information acquisition unit is configured to receive orders including usage information including order history information stored in the usage information storage unit in the promotion information storage unit. This is an information processing apparatus that acquires promotion information associated with condition information when one or more condition information including a condition related to history information is satisfied.
  • the usage information storage unit stores usage information including a visiting time zone, which is information indicating a time zone in which the user has visited the store
  • the promotion information acquiring unit includes: , Using the store visit time zone included in the usage information to detect idle time, which is a time zone in which the user does not visit the store frequently, to obtain promotion information before the idle time, Is an information processing device that transmits promotional information to
  • the promotion information is discount information that is information related to a discount on a price of food or drink provided at a restaurant or privilege information that indicates a privilege provided to a user.
  • Such a configuration enables effective promotion by providing discounts and benefits.
  • the usage information storage unit stores usage information in association with user identification information that is user identification information.
  • Information and user identification information are received, the received usage information and user identification information are associated with each other and stored in the usage information storage unit, and the promotion information acquisition unit is associated with the user identification information for each user identification information. It is determined whether or not the usage information satisfies one or more condition information stored in the promotion information storage unit.
  • the promotion information associated with the condition information is acquired and stored in the contact information storage unit.
  • the contact information is stored in association with the user identification information, and the transmission unit uses the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit as a promotion.
  • Contact information associated with the user identification information corresponding to the Deployment information is an information processing apparatus to be transmitted to the communication destination indicated by.
  • the reservation information processing apparatus of the present invention includes a usage location storage unit that stores usage location information that is information relating to one or more usage locations that are available to a user at a restaurant, and a user reservation at a restaurant.
  • Usage status storage unit that stores usage status information, which is information including usage location information, and usage status information related to usage locations used by users visiting restaurants, and usage status information Reservation for accepting reservation inquiry information, which is information for inquiring whether or not a user can make a reservation for a restaurant, and a usage status reception unit that accumulates information in the usage status storage unit About the usage locations that can be reserved using the usage location information stored in the meeting information reception unit, the usage location storage, the usage location information included in the reservation information, and the usage location information included in the usage status information
  • the availability information acquisition unit that acquires the availability information that is information indicating the status of the reservation,
  • the reservation information processing apparatus of the present invention is a reservation information processing apparatus in which the usage location information is identification information of the usage location.
  • the reservation information processing apparatus of the present invention includes a matrix reservation information storage unit in which the reservation information processing apparatus stores matrix reservation information, which is information having user identification information of a user who waits for a vacant place in a restaurant.
  • a screen storage unit, and the output unit outputs the reservation screen stored in the reservation screen storage unit when the reservation determination unit determines that the reservation is possible, and the reservation determination unit determines that the reservation is not possible
  • the queue reservation screen stored in the queue reservation screen storage unit is output to the queue reservation screen, and the reservation instruction receiving unit receives the reservation instruction via the reservation screen, and the queue reservation screen via the queue reservation screen.
  • a queue reservation instruction receiving unit for receiving an instruction, a further reservation information processing apparatus that includes a queue reservation information storage section for storing a queue reservation
  • the information processing apparatus or the like it is possible to appropriately provide promotion information for prompting a user to visit a restaurant.
  • reservations at restaurants can be appropriately processed.
  • Block diagram of the information processing apparatus in Embodiment 1 of the present invention Flow chart for explaining the operation of the information processing apparatus
  • Conceptual diagram of an information processing system having the information processing apparatus The figure which shows the usage management information of the same information processing apparatus
  • the figure which shows the order history management information of the information processing apparatus The figure which shows the promotion management information of the information processing apparatus
  • the figure which shows the contact management information of the information processing apparatus The figure which shows the threshold value management information of the information processing apparatus
  • the figure which shows the example of a display of the promotion information which the information processing apparatus output The figure which shows the example of a display of the promotion information which the information processing apparatus output
  • the figure which shows the example of a display of the promotion information which the information processing apparatus output The figure which shows the example of a display of the promotion information which the information processing apparatus output
  • the figure which shows the table management information of the information processing apparatus The figure which shows the example of a display of the promotion information which the information processing apparatus output
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of the information processing apparatus 1 according to the first embodiment.
  • the information processing apparatus 1 includes a usage information storage unit 11, a usage information reception unit 12, a promotion information storage unit 13, a promotion information acquisition unit 14, a contact information storage unit 15, and a transmission unit 16.
  • the usage information storage unit 11 stores usage information that is information related to the use of restaurants by one or more users.
  • a user is a customer of a restaurant. The user here may be an individual or a group.
  • a restaurant is a restaurant or the like that provides food and drink such as a restaurant, a coffee shop, and a tavern.
  • a store that delivers food according to an order received via a so-called telephone or the Internet, or a store that provides take-out food may be considered as a restaurant.
  • the usage information is, for example, information including information indicating the time when the user visited the restaurant, the time when the restaurant was closed, and the time zone when the restaurant was visited.
  • the information indicating the time and time zone here may be information including date, day of the week, and the like.
  • the information indicating the visiting time zone is referred to as the visiting time zone.
  • information including information indicating the start time and end time of the time slot, and information indicating the start time of the time slot and the duration of the time slot may be considered as information on the visit time slot.
  • a time representative of the time zone visited may be used as the store time zone.
  • the start time of the time zone, an intermediate time, or the like may be set as the store visit time zone.
  • the usage information is information (for example, seat identification information or table identification information) that indicates at least one of a seat, a table (table), and an area that the user used or currently uses when visiting the restaurant. , Private room identification information, floor identification information) and the like.
  • utilization location information information which shows the location which the user in such a restaurant uses.
  • the usage information may include order history information that is information indicating food and drink ordered by the user.
  • the order history information is information including at least food and drink identification information that is information for identifying food and drink ordered by the user.
  • the food / beverage identification information is, for example, a food / beverage name, a food / beverage abbreviation, a food / beverage product code, and the like.
  • the order history information may further include information on the ordered quantity, the price of the food, the time of ordering, and the like in addition to the food identification information.
  • the order history information may include information indicating a classification of food and drink (for example, appetizers, main dishes, and beverages) instead of or in addition to food and drink identification information. .
  • the usage information may include the number of customers in the group including the user when the user visits the store.
  • the number of visitors may be considered as the number of users.
  • the usage information may have a usage amount when the user uses the restaurant.
  • the usage information may include information on the environment when the user uses the restaurant.
  • the environmental information is, for example, weather information, information such as temperature and humidity.
  • the weather information is, for example, identification information indicating the weather state when the user visits the store.
  • the identification information indicating the weather state is, for example, a character string indicating a state such as sunny, rainy, cloudy, a code assigned to the weather state, or the like.
  • the temperature and humidity may be measured values, or may be sensory character strings representing the temperature and humidity such as hot, cold, high humidity, and dry.
  • the usage information may include information on the use of the restaurant by the user.
  • the usage information is information indicating a New Year party, a year-end party, a birthday party, a welcome party, a farewell party, and the like.
  • the usage information may include current status information that is information indicating the current usage status of the restaurant by the user.
  • the current status information may include, for example, information indicating that the user is currently visiting the store or information indicating that the user is not currently visiting the store. Further, the current status information may include the visit time of the user who is currently visiting the restaurant. The current status information may include information on the number of users in the group including the user who is currently visiting the store. In addition, for example, of the above-described usage information, information acquired at the time of the current visit may be considered as the current status information for the user currently visiting the store. For example, the current status information may be information indicating the current weather or usage location information indicating a usage location currently used by the user. Note that, for example, usage information in a state where information indicating that the user has left the store (for example, store closing time) or a part thereof is not included may be considered as current status information included in the usage information.
  • the usage information is usually information related to the use of one restaurant, but may be information related to the use of a plurality of stores such as chain stores and sister stores.
  • usage information storage unit 11 for example, user identification information that is identification information of a user who uses one restaurant and usage information related to the use of the one restaurant by the user are stored in association with each other. For example, usage management information having user identification information and usage information is accumulated in the usage information storage unit 11.
  • the user identification information is, for example, a user name, a code assigned to the user, a membership number, a user email address, a telephone number, an account, or the like.
  • the usage information storage unit 11 may store usage information in association with restaurant identification information corresponding to the usage information.
  • the restaurant identification information includes a restaurant name, a code indicating the restaurant, and the like.
  • the restaurant identification information may be a phone number or an email address of the restaurant.
  • the usage information is usually information that is created once for each use of the restaurant by the user.
  • the one-time use is, for example, one-time visit or order before delivery.
  • a plurality of pieces of usage information may be created for each use.
  • the use information storage unit 11 is preferably a non-volatile recording medium, but can also be realized by a volatile recording medium. This also applies to the following storage units.
  • the usage information receiving unit 12 receives usage information. Then, the usage information receiving unit 12 accumulates the received usage information in the usage information storage unit 11. For example, the usage information reception unit 12 receives usage information that is input from an input device (not shown), an input terminal (not shown), or the like by a restaurant clerk or administrator of the restaurant, or the user. For example, the usage information receiving unit 12 receives usage location information that is identification information such as a seat or a table input by a store clerk or an administrator. In addition, for example, the use information receiving unit 12 receives, as order history information, food and drink identification information input to a terminal (not shown) or the like where a user orders food and drink.
  • the usage information receiving unit 12 may receive usage information acquired by another processing unit (not shown) included in the information processing apparatus 1 or a part thereof. For example, when the usage information receiving unit 12 receives the identification information of the table used by the user, information on the current time acquired by a clock (not shown) included in the information processing apparatus 1 is used as the entrance time information. It may be accepted. Further, for example, usage information transmitted from another device (not shown) or the like via a network or the like may be received, and such reception may be considered as reception here. For example, when the usage information receiving unit 12 receives the store entry time information, the weather information of the current restaurant is provided to a WEB server device (not shown) that provides weather information (not shown) via a network (not shown). Information such as a query requesting transmission of information is transmitted. And the utilization information reception part 12 may receive the information of the weather transmitted from the WEB server apparatus etc. according to transmission of this information.
  • the usage information receiving unit 12 does not need to receive the usage information at a time and store the usage information in the usage information storage unit 11. For example, the usage information reception unit 12 sequentially stores the usage information in the usage information storage unit 11 every time a part of the usage information is received. You can do it.
  • the accumulation here is, for example, additional writing.
  • the usage information receiving unit 12 may receive the usage information and the user identification information, and store the received usage information and the user identification information in the usage information storage unit 11 in association with each other. For example, the usage information receiving unit 12 accumulates usage management information including the received usage information and user identification information in the usage information storage unit 11.
  • reception means reception of information input from an input device such as a keyboard, mouse, touch panel, reception of information transmitted via a wired or wireless communication line, optical disk, magnetic disk, semiconductor memory, etc. It is a concept including reception of information read from a recording medium.
  • the input means may be anything such as a numeric keypad, keyboard, mouse or menu screen.
  • the usage information receiving unit 12 can be realized by a device driver of input means such as a numeric keypad or a keyboard, control software for a menu screen, and the like.
  • the promotion information storage unit 13 stores one or more promotion information.
  • the promotion information storage unit 13 stores, for example, one or more promotion management information.
  • the promotion management information is information having one or more condition information and one or more promotion information.
  • Promotion information is information for promoting the use of restaurants and visits to restaurants to users.
  • Promotion information is discount information, for example.
  • Discount information is information relating to discounts on food and drink prices provided at restaurants.
  • the discount information may be information indicating a discount rate or discount rate of a specific food or drink, or an amount to be discounted, or may be information indicating a discount rate or a price to be discounted for a food or drink that the user has eaten or eaten.
  • the discount information may include information that specifies an available time zone.
  • the information specifying the time zone here is a concept including information specifying a date, a day of the week, etc., for example. Discount information is a concept including so-called coupons and coupon codes.
  • the promotion information may be privilege information, for example.
  • the privilege information is information indicating a privilege provided to the user.
  • the provided privilege may be an article or a service. Benefits provided are, for example, free food and drinks and bonuses. Further, the privilege to be provided may be a cash voucher or the like.
  • Promotion information is composed of, for example, text information, image information, and a combination of these information. However, the data structure of promotion information does not matter.
  • the promotion information stored in one promotion management information in association with the condition information is, for example, promotion information that is preferably transmitted to the user when the condition information is satisfied.
  • the condition information is information indicating a condition regarding usage information.
  • the condition information may include, for example, one or two or more conditions for one or two or more pieces of information constituting the usage information.
  • the condition information is, for example, information that specifies information that matches one or more pieces of information included in the above-described usage information, information that sets a threshold value or value range of the information included in the usage information, and the like.
  • the condition information may be a combination of one or more of these pieces of information.
  • the condition information may include a condition regarding a value obtained by performing statistical processing, arithmetic processing, or the like designated in advance on information included in the usage information.
  • the statistical processing designated in advance is, for example, processing for calculating the total, processing for calculating the ratio, or the like.
  • condition information for example, the total number of users used in a pre-designated time zone within the business hours of the restaurant, the ratio to the number of the one or more pieces of usage information, and the like are less than a pre-designated value This indicates the condition.
  • the total number of usages, the ratio, and the like are calculated using, for example, a store visit time zone indicated by one or more pieces of usage information stored in the usage information storage unit 11. It is preferable that the promotion information associated with the condition information is, for example, promotion information that is valid only in the previously specified time zone.
  • condition information is designated in advance as weather information with the least number of totals when one or more pieces of usage information stored in the usage information storage unit 11 are totaled for each weather information included in the usage information. It may indicate a condition that it matches the current weather acquired from the WEB site or the like or the weather predicted after the present.
  • the weather information here is, for example, identification information indicating the weather state.
  • the promotion information storage unit 13 may store condition information including conditions regarding one or more usage information associated with one user identification information.
  • condition information may be provided with information indicating that it is condition information indicating a condition regarding usage information for each user identification information.
  • the information given in this way is information such as a flag.
  • the condition information includes information (for example, a character string or the like) indicating that the condition is related to usage information associated with one user identification information. May be.
  • the condition information associated with one user identification information is, for example, a store visit time that includes a time in a time zone designated in advance in one or more usage information associated with one user identification information.
  • This is condition information indicating a condition that usage information including a band is included in a number or a ratio specified in advance.
  • the promotion information associated with the condition information is the promotion information that is valid (usable) only during this pre-designated time period, thereby further enhancing the effect of attracting customers.
  • condition information associated with one user identification information is, for example, one or two or more pieces of usage information associated with one user identification information that are currently available in a table in a restaurant.
  • This is condition information indicating a condition that usage information having information on the number of users corresponding to the number of users that matches the number of users available in the table is included in a predetermined number or more, or in a ratio specified in advance.
  • This predesignated number is, for example, 1 or more.
  • the promotion information associated with the condition information is the promotion information that is valid (usable) only during this pre-designated time period, thereby further enhancing the effect of attracting customers.
  • condition information may be condition information including a condition relating to the current status information included in the usage information, for example.
  • the condition relating to the current situation information is, for example, a condition that the current situation information included in one usage information does not include information indicating that the customer is currently visiting the store.
  • the condition relating to the current situation information is, for example, the ratio of the total number of usage information including the current situation information to the total number of seats and tables in the restaurant, the number of seats, etc. is designated in advance for each time period. It is the condition that the value is equal to or less than the value corresponding to the time zone including the current time. In this condition, instead of the ratio of the total number of usage information including the current status information, the total number of people currently visiting the usage information including the current status information may be used.
  • the conditions regarding the current situation information match, for example, the weather information specified in advance in the current weather information indicated by the current situation information included in the usage information associated with the one user identification information. It may be a condition that the weather information to be included includes more than a predetermined number or ratio.
  • the weather information here is, for example, identification information indicating the weather state. Instead of the condition that the number of matching weather information is included in a predetermined number or ratio, a condition that the number of unmatched weather information is included in a predetermined number or ratio may be used. Good.
  • the promotion information associated with this condition information is preferably promotion information that is valid only when the store visits during the weather indicated by the weather information included in the number or ratio specified in advance.
  • the promotion information storage unit 13 may store, for example, condition information including conditions regarding order history information included in the usage information.
  • the condition related to order history information is, for example, the number of pre-designated order information in order history information included in the usage information associated with one user identification information (for example, one or more). And so forth).
  • the condition related to order history information is, for example, the identification information of food or drink having the highest number or ratio included in the order history information included in the usage information associated with one user identification information specified in advance. This is a condition that it matches one of the identification information of one or more foods and drinks.
  • the condition information includes, for example, one or more functions, method names, control syntax indicated by “if”, “then”, and the like. Further, an algorithm for performing a determination process or the like indicated by the condition information may be used. However, the condition information may be information expressed in a natural language corresponding to these functions, method names, control syntax, algorithms for performing judgment processing, etc., as exemplified in the above. Good.
  • condition information may be information including conditions other than those described above, and the condition information may include information indicating what conditions for what information included in the usage information. For example, the condition information which shows the conditions about the information which shows the utilization purpose of the restaurant contained in utilization information may be sufficient.
  • the promotion management information is stored in the promotion information storage unit 13 in association with the restaurant identification information. And when the promotion information acquisition part 14 acquires promotion information about one restaurant, only the promotion management information matched with the identification information of this one restaurant is selected using the identification information of the restaurant. You may make it use it.
  • the promotion management information may further include restaurant identification information.
  • Promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires promotion information corresponding to the usage information stored in usage information storage unit 11. Obtaining according to usage information may be considered as selectively acquiring promotion information according to usage information, for example. Acquisition according to usage information may be considered as acquisition using usage information.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 is associated with the condition information when the use information stored in the use information storage unit 11 satisfies one or more condition information stored in the promotion information storage unit 13. Get promotion information from promotion management information. Specifically, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the usage information satisfies the condition information, acquires the promotion information when the usage information is satisfied, and does not acquire the promotion information when the usage information is not satisfied.
  • the promotion information associated with the condition information is one or more promotion information included in the promotion management information having the condition information.
  • satisfying the condition information in the present embodiment means, for example, satisfying all the conditions indicated by the condition information, but appropriately satisfying only a part of the conditions indicated by the condition information. It is good to satisfy.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 satisfies the condition indicated by any condition information when, for example, the usage information satisfies a condition that is greater than or equal to a predetermined number of conditions indicated by one or more condition information. Regardless of whether or not, one or more promotion information designated in advance may be acquired from the promotion information storage unit 14.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 stores the current information stored in the usage information storage unit 11.
  • the usage information including the situation information satisfies one or more condition information including the condition regarding the current situation information stored in the promotion information storage unit 13
  • the promotion information associated with the condition information is acquired.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 stores the usage information storage unit 11.
  • the usage information including the ordered order history information satisfies one or more condition information including the condition regarding the order history information stored in the promotion information storage unit 13, the promotion information associated with the condition information is acquired. .
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 uses the usage information associated with the user identification information for each user identification information. It may be determined whether or not the information satisfies one or more condition information stored in the promotion information storage unit, and when the information is satisfied, the promotion information associated with the condition information may be acquired.
  • the condition information used in this case is also preferably condition information indicating a condition regarding one or two or more pieces of usage information associated with one user identification information.
  • condition information for each user identification information is referred to as condition information for each user identification information.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether one condition information included in the promotion management information is a condition regarding usage information associated with one user identification information, and determines that it is a condition.
  • behavior information associated with the user identification information is acquired from the usage information storage unit 11 for each user identification information. Then, it is determined whether or not the acquired behavior information satisfies the condition information. If the action information is satisfied, the promotion information corresponding to the condition information is acquired for each user identification information.
  • the promotion information acquisition part 14 detect an idle time using the store visit time zone contained in use information.
  • the idle time is a time zone during which the user visits the restaurant at a low frequency during the business hours of the restaurant.
  • the frequency of visits may be the ratio of visits (for example, the ratio to the total number of visits or the ratio to the number of business days of restaurants) or the number of visits.
  • the low frequency may be, for example, that the frequency is lower than a threshold specified in advance, or may be lower than other time zones.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 counts the number of pieces of usage information having a store visit time zone that overlaps each of a plurality of time zones designated in advance during business hours.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 uses the count result or the ratio of the total number as the number of visits or visit ratios of the users for each time zone, and the frequency of visits to the store or visit ratio is low, that is, the frequency of the user visit A low time zone is determined as idle time. And promotion information acquisition part 14 may acquire promotion information before idle time. This makes it possible to prompt the user to visit the store for idle time.
  • the time before the idle time is, for example, a time that is a predetermined time before the idle time. Setting the time designated in advance within one hour is effective in preventing the user from forgetting the contents of the promotion information.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 includes one or more usage information associated with one user identification information in the idle time.
  • the promotion information acquisition part 14 acquires the promotion information corresponding to this condition information, when the conditions which condition information has are satisfy
  • whether or not the current time acquired from a clock is the time before the idle time acquired using the usage information may be one of the conditions of the above condition information.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 obtains information other than the usage information used in the determination process as to whether or not the above condition is satisfied, as necessary, from a processing unit (not shown) in the information processing apparatus 1 or another server You may make it acquire suitably from an apparatus etc.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 may acquire the current time from a clock (not shown) in the information processing apparatus 1.
  • the promotion information acquisition part 14 may acquire the identification information of the food / beverage which has not reached the target sales number of the restaurant from the server etc. which manage the sales situation of the food / beverage in a restaurant.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 uses part of the promotion information acquired from the promotion information storage unit 13 by using the above-described user identification information, usage information, information such as the current time, and the like. It may be updated with the information created in the above. The update here may be to insert predesignated information (for example, user identification information, time, etc.) at a predesignated location in the promotion information.
  • predesignated information for example, user identification information, time, etc.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 can usually be realized by an MPU, a memory, or the like.
  • the processing procedure of the promotion information acquisition unit 14 is usually realized by software, and the software is recorded on a recording medium such as a ROM.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
  • the contact information storage unit 15 stores one or more contact information that is information indicating a contact corresponding to the user.
  • the contact information is information indicating the contact information of the user, for example, the contact information registered by the user.
  • contact information is stored in the contact information storage unit 15 in association with user identification information.
  • the contact information storage unit 15 stores one or more contact management information including one or more contact information and one or more user identification information.
  • the contact address corresponding to the user is, for example, an information communication terminal used by the user.
  • the contact information storage unit 15 stores, for example, contact information registered by the user for restaurants, services related to restaurants, and the like.
  • the transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit 14 to a contact indicated by one or more contact information stored in the contact information storage unit 15.
  • the transmission part 16 may push-promote promotion information with respect to a contact address, for example.
  • the push notification is a concept including a technology called Notification used in applications such as smartphones and tablet terminals.
  • the transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information before the idle time.
  • the transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit 14 for each user identification information to the contact indicated by the contact information associated with the user identification information corresponding to the promotion information. You may make it do. Specifically, the transmission unit 16 searches the contact information storage unit 15 (specifically, from the contact management information) for contact information corresponding to the user identification information used when acquiring the promotion information. The promotion information is transmitted to the contact indicated by the acquired contact information. Thereby, it becomes possible to perform an appropriate promotion suitable for each user.
  • the transmitting unit 16 is usually realized by a wireless or wired communication means, but may be realized by a broadcasting means.
  • the transmission unit 16 may or may not include a communication device.
  • Step S101 The usage information receiving unit 12 determines whether user identification information and usage information have been received. If accepted, the process proceeds to step S102. If not accepted, the process proceeds to step S103.
  • Step S102 The usage information receiving unit 12 associates the user identification information received in step S101 with the usage information, and accumulates them in the usage information storage unit 11. For example, the usage information receiving unit 12 accumulates in the usage information storage unit 11 usage management information having the user identification information and usage information received in step S101. Then, the process returns to step S101.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether it is time to acquire the promotion information. For example, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 may determine that it is time to acquire promotion information when an instruction to acquire promotion information is received from a reception unit (not shown) or the like. Alternatively, it may be determined that it is time to acquire promotion information every time a predesignated time elapses or at a predesignated time. If it is time to acquire promotion information, the process proceeds to step S104. If it is not time to acquire, the process returns to step S101.
  • Step S104 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 substitutes 1 for the value of the counter m.
  • Step S105 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires the mth condition information from the promotion information storage unit 13.
  • Step S106 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the condition information read in Step S105 is condition information for each user identification information. If it is condition information for each user identification information, the process proceeds to step S107. If it is not condition information for each user identification information, the process proceeds to step S115.
  • Step S107 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 substitutes 1 for the value of the counter n.
  • Step S108 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires the nth user identification information from the user identification information stored in the contact information storage unit 15 in association with the contact information.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 obtains the nth user identification information from the user identification information extracted so as not to overlap from the user identification information associated with the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit 11. You may get it.
  • Step S109 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether the usage information corresponding to the nth user identification information satisfies the condition indicated by the mth condition information. If satisfied, the process proceeds to step S110. If not satisfied, the process proceeds to step S113.
  • Step S110 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires promotion information corresponding to the mth condition information.
  • Step S111 The transmission unit 16 acquires contact information corresponding to the nth user identification information from the contact information storage unit 15 by searching or the like.
  • Step S112 The transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information acquired in Step S110 to the contact indicated by the contact information acquired in Step S111.
  • Step S113 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 increments the value of the counter n by 1.
  • Step S114 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether there is n-th user identification information. If there is, the process proceeds to step S108, and if not, the process proceeds to step S119.
  • Step S115 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit 11 satisfies the mth condition information. If satisfied, the process proceeds to step S116. If not satisfied, the process proceeds to step S119.
  • Step S116 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires promotion information corresponding to the mth condition information.
  • the transmission unit 16 acquires the contact information stored in the contact information storage unit 15. For example, the transmission unit 16 acquires all contact information stored in the contact information storage unit 15.
  • Step S118 The transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information acquired in Step S116 to the contact indicated by the contact information acquired in Step S117.
  • Step S119 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 increments the value of the counter m by 1.
  • Step S120 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the m-th condition information is stored in the promotion information storage unit 13. If stored, the process proceeds to step S105. If not stored, the process returns to step S101.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 adds flag information or the like for the condition information for which the process for determining whether or not the condition is satisfied, within a certain period of time.
  • the determination process may not be performed again (for example, within the same date or within a period until a predetermined time elapses).
  • the transmission unit 16 adds flag information or the like to the contact information that has transmitted one piece of promotion information within a certain period (for example, within the same date or designated in advance). During the period until the time elapses), the process of transmitting the promotion information again may not be performed.
  • information that specifies the timing for performing determination processing for acquiring promotion information can be stored in association with each other, and the current time and the like specify the timing associated with each condition information.
  • the timing indicated by the information to be displayed is reached, a determination process using the condition information may be performed.
  • the timing is, for example, time or time interval.
  • the process is terminated by turning off the power or interrupting the termination of the process.
  • FIG. 3 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of an information processing system 1000 having the information processing apparatus 1.
  • the information processing system 1000 includes an information processing device 1 used in the restaurant A and a plurality of information communication terminals 2 held by a plurality of users of the restaurant A, respectively.
  • the plurality of information communication terminals 2 are represented by information communication terminals 2a, 2b, 2c, and the like. It is assumed that the information processing apparatus 1 and each information communication terminal 2 are connected by wired communication and wireless communication via a network as an example.
  • the information communication terminal 2 is assumed to be a so-called smartphone as an example.
  • a user whose user identification information is “U1001” visits restaurant A with three people and sits at a table whose table identification information is “T05”.
  • the user identification information is a member number of the restaurant A.
  • the table identification information is assumed to be a table number.
  • the user “U1001” starts an application for ordering food and drinks exclusively for the restaurant A, logs in with the user identification information “U1001” that is his own user identification information, and visits the table identification information “T05”. It is assumed that “3”, which is the number of people who have performed, is input to the information communication terminal 2.
  • the information communication terminal 2 accepts “18:50 on September 10, 2012”, which is the time when the input of such information is accepted, as a user visit time from a clock (not shown) or the like provided therein. Also, information “sunny”, which is identification information indicating the current weather state transmitted by a WEB server or the like that provides the current weather specified in advance, is received.
  • the information communication terminal 2 transmits information including the user identification information received above to the information processing apparatus 1.
  • the usage information reception unit 12 of the information processing apparatus 1 receives information transmitted from the information communication terminal 2 and uses information other than the user identification information in the received information as part of the usage information. And accumulated in the usage information storage unit 11.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing usage management information for managing usage information stored in the usage information storage unit 11.
  • the usage management information has attributes of “usage management ID” that is identification information for managing the usage management information, “user ID” that is user identification information, and “usage information” that is usage information.
  • “Usage information” further has attributes such as “table ID”, “store visit time”, “store exit time”, “number of customers”, and “weather”.
  • “Table ID” is table identification information.
  • the “visit time” is the visit time.
  • the “exit time” is the exit time, and for example, the usage information reception unit 12 inputs a time such as the time when the user settles the restaurant fee.
  • “Number of customers” is the number of customers, including “user ID”.
  • “Weather” is identification information indicating the state of the weather.
  • one row is one record of usage management information.
  • each piece of information included in a record having a blank (or Null value) value of “store opening time” indicates that the user is before leaving the store, that is, is currently visiting the store, It shall be handled as information constituting the situation information.
  • the current status information information of attributes other than those described above may be stored.
  • the record of the usage information received by the usage information receiving unit 12 is added to the usage management information in which other records have already been stored.
  • the information communication terminal 2 “U1001” being “user ID”, and a set of the ordered product name, product code, and number of orders.
  • the product name is “beer”
  • the product code is “BR50”
  • the number of orders is “3”.
  • the transmitted information is transmitted to a server or the like (not shown) that accepts orders for restaurants.
  • the transmitted information is also transmitted to the information communication terminal 2, and the usage information receiving unit 12 receives the transmitted information.
  • the usage information receiving unit 12 receives the combination of the product name, the product code, and the number of orders in the received information in association with the received “user ID” “U1001”. Further, it is stored in the usage information storage unit 11 as order history information of usage management information including the current status information.
  • FIG. 5 shows order history management information for managing the order history information stored in the usage information storage unit 11.
  • the order history management information has attributes of “order history ID”, “use management ID”, and “order history”.
  • the “order history” further has attributes of “product name”, “product code”, and “number of orders”.
  • “Order history ID” is identification information for managing records of order history information.
  • one line in FIG. 5 is considered as one record of order history management information.
  • the “use management ID” is the “use management ID” of the use management information associated with the record of the order history information, and corresponds to the “use management ID” in FIG. “Order history” is order history information.
  • “Product name”, “product code”, and “number of orders” are pieces of information constituting a set of product name, product code, and number of orders received by the usage information receiving unit 12.
  • the record of the order history management information received by the usage information receiving unit 12 is added to the order history management information in which other records have already been stored.
  • the usage information receiving unit 12 when the information transmitted from the information communication terminal 2 is received, the usage information receiving unit 12 is usage information having a “user ID” that matches the value of the “user ID” included in the information, Search the usage management information shown in FIG. 4 for a record of usage management information in which “store time” is blank (or a null value). Then, the usage information receiving unit 12 acquires the value of “use management ID” of the detected usage management information. Then, the usage information receiving unit 12 stores the acquired value as the “use management ID” of the order history management information. Thereby, each record of the order history management information is associated with the record of the usage management information indicated by the value of the “use management ID” of each record.
  • the order history information included in one usage information is the order history management information having the same “use management ID” as the “use management ID” included in one record of the use management information for managing the one use information. This corresponds to the order history information managed by the record.
  • the order history information managed by the order history management information whose usage management ID is “10046323” is the order history information of the usage information managed by the usage management information whose usage management ID is “10046323”.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 of the information communication terminal 2 acquires the current time from a clock (not shown) or the like, and determines whether it is time to acquire the promotion information.
  • a clock not shown
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines that it is time to acquire the promotion information, and performs a process of acquiring the promotion information. .
  • the timing for example, time, time interval, frequency, etc.
  • the timing for performing the process for acquiring the promotion information may be specified for each condition information. In this case, the timing for performing the process for each condition information. If it is time to determine whether or not there is a process, processing for acquiring promotion information using the condition information may be performed.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the promotion management information stored in the promotion information storage unit 13.
  • the promotion management information has attributes of “condition ID”, “condition”, and “promotion information”.
  • Condition ID is identification information for managing a record (here, a row) of promotion management information.
  • Condition is condition information.
  • the “condition” is described using a natural language, but as described above, the “condition” is, for example, one or more functions corresponding to these natural languages, method names, , “If”, “then”, and the like. Further, the “general condition” may be an algorithm for performing determination processing corresponding to these natural languages.
  • Promotion information is promotion information, and here it is assumed to be text information for convenience of explanation. However, it may be promotion information or image information.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing contact management information stored in the contact information storage unit 15.
  • the contact management information has attributes of “user identification information” and “contact”. “User identification information” corresponds to “user identification information” in FIG.
  • the “contact” is assumed to be a user's mail address. However, the “contact address” may be an address for sending a comment or the like to the user.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value of “condition” from the top record of the promotion management information shown in FIG. 6 (here, the record whose “condition ID” is “001”). Then, it is determined whether or not the value of the “condition” includes a character string “determination target: each user identification information”.
  • the condition information including the character string “judgment target: each user identification information” is the condition information for each user identification information described above.
  • information that does not include the character string “determination target: each user identification information” is condition information for determining all the usage information as determination targets regardless of the corresponding user identification information. Since the value of the “condition” of the top record does not include the character string, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 is associated with all user identification information stored in the usage information storage unit 11. It is decided to determine whether or not the condition is satisfied for the usage information.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 uses the usage information associated with all the user identification information of the usage information shown in FIG. 4 in which the usage information follows the “content:” of the condition information read out above. It is determined whether or not the condition indicated by the column is satisfied.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 stores all usage information records including the current status information from the usage information shown in FIG. 4, that is, “store closing time” is blank (or a null value).
  • the usage information record is detected, the value of the “number of customers” included in each of the detected records is acquired, and the total is detected. It is assumed that the total “number of customers” is “30”.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires “50” which is the value of the total number of seats of the restaurant A stored in advance in a storage medium or the like (not shown). Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 calculates the vacancy rate by dividing the value “20” obtained by subtracting the total number of visitors “30” from the total number of seats “50” by the total number of seats. The calculated vacancy rate is 40% here.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing threshold management information for managing the threshold of the vacancy rate for each restaurant A by time zone.
  • the threshold management information has attributes of “time zone” and “threshold”.
  • the “time zone” is a time zone obtained by dividing the business hours of the restaurant, and has a start time and an end time of the time zone.
  • the “threshold value” is a threshold value of the vacancy rate, and is the maximum value of the vacancy rate that is allowed to prevent the promotion information from being sent.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 detects a record having a “time zone” including the current time “19:00” acquired above from the threshold management information in FIG. 8, and is a threshold value of the detected record. Obtain “20” (%).
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the current vacancy rate “40” (%) calculated using the current situation information is equal to or greater than the threshold value.
  • the promotion information acquisition part 14 judges that said top condition is satisfy
  • the transmission unit 16 reads out an e-mail address that is a “contact” from the contact management information shown in FIG.
  • the above condition information is not condition information for determining the condition for each user identification information, all “contacts” managed by the contact management information are read. Note that the “contact” corresponding to the “user ID” included in the current status information may be excluded from the read target.
  • the transmission unit 16 transmits an e-mail including the promotion information acquired above in the body text, using each read “contact” as destination information.
  • the transmission part 16 may arrange
  • Each user of the destination indicated by the above “contact address” receives the e-mail including the promotion information using the information communication terminal 2.
  • the above promotion information is displayed on a monitor (not shown).
  • FIG. 9 is a display example of the promotion information transmitted from the information processing apparatus 1.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value of “condition” from the second record from the top of the promotion management information shown in FIG. 6 (here, the record whose “condition ID” is “002”). . Then, it is determined whether or not the value of the “condition” includes a character string “determination target: each user identification information”. Here, since it contains, the promotion information acquisition part 14 judges that condition information is the condition information for every user identification information. Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the condition is satisfied by individually using the usage information associated with each user identification information stored in the usage information storage unit 11.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value “U0101” of the “user ID” from the top record (here, the row) of the contact management information shown in FIG. Then, it is determined whether or not the usage information corresponding to the user ID “U0101” satisfies the condition indicated by the character string following “content:” of the condition information read out above.
  • the condition indicated by the character string after “contents:” of the condition information read out above is “the usage information corresponding to the usage information having the order history information whose product name is“ Gratin ”exists in three or more. Is.
  • the condition information is condition information set by a restaurant manager or the like to increase the sales of the gratin because the sales of the gratin are poor.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 detects the record whose “user ID” is “U0101” from the use management information illustrated in FIG. 4, and acquires all the “use management IDs” of the detected records. However, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 may selectively detect the record to be detected based on the store visit time or the like. For example, only the usage information for the past week may be selectively detected using the store visit time or the like. The same applies to other conditions.
  • the “product name” is “gratin” in the record having the “use management ID” that matches any of the “use management IDs” acquired above. Is detected and the number of detections is obtained. It is assumed that the number of detections is “5”.
  • the promotion information acquisition part 14 acquires the "promotion information" matched with this condition information from the promotion management information shown in FIG.
  • the transmission unit 16 acquires “ayamada @ abact...” That is the value of “contact address” corresponding to the user ID “U0101” acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit 14, and uses the value as a destination to acquire the above. Send promotional information by email.
  • FIG. 10 is a display example of the promotion information transmitted from the information processing apparatus 1.
  • promotion information acquisition unit 14 repeats the same processing for the second and subsequent records from the top of the contact management information shown in FIG. 7 and ends the processing for the condition information.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value of “condition” from the record whose “condition ID” is “003” in the third position from the top of the promotion management information shown in FIG. Since the value of “condition” includes the character string “determination target: each user identification information”, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines that the condition information is condition information for each user identification information. Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the condition is satisfied by individually using the usage information associated with each user identification information stored in the usage information storage unit 11.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value “U0101” of the “user ID” from the top record (here, the row) of the contact management information shown in FIG. Then, it is determined whether or not the usage information corresponding to the user ID “U0101” satisfies the condition indicated by the character string following “content:” of the condition information read out above.
  • the condition indicated by the character string after “contents:” of the condition information read out above is “30% or more of the usage information from 17:00 to 18:00 in the corresponding visit information”. is there.
  • the store visit time zone is assumed to be a time zone between the “store visit time” and the “store exit time” included in the usage information.
  • the promotion information acquisition part 14 detects the record whose "user ID" is "U0101" from the use management information shown in FIG. For each detected record, it is determined whether one of the “visit time” or the “exit time” is a time in the time zone from 17:00 to 18:00. If the time is within this time zone, the record is determined to be usage information from 17:00 to 18:00, and the number of usage information is counted. Also, if the “visit time” is before 17:00 and the “exit time” is later than 18:00, it is determined that the record is usage information from 17:00 to 18:00. The number of usage information is counted.
  • the visiting time zone is not a time zone from 17:00 to 18:00, and the usage information is not counted. Then, the count at the time point when all the records having the “user ID” of “U0101” have been determined is divided by the total number of records having the “user ID” of “U0101”, so that the store visit time zone is 17
  • the ratio of the usage information from the hour to 18:00 with respect to the total number of records of the usage information whose “user ID” is “U0101” is calculated. For example, assume that the ratio calculated here is 20%. And the promotion information acquisition part 14 judges whether the calculated ratio is 30% or more which is the value which condition information shows.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 sequentially performs the same processing for the second and subsequent “user IDs” of the contact management information. If the ratio calculated for the usage information corresponding to one “user ID” is 30% or more, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires the promotion information corresponding to the condition information. The transmitting unit 16 sequentially transmits the promotion information to the “contact” corresponding to the “user ID”. And the process about this condition information is complete
  • FIG. 11 is a display example of the promotion information transmitted from the information processing apparatus 1.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value of “condition” from the fourth record “condition ID” “004” from the top of the promotion management information shown in FIG. Since the value of “condition” includes the character string “determination target: each user identification information”, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines that the condition information is condition information for each user identification information. Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the condition is satisfied by individually using the usage information associated with each user identification information stored in the usage information storage unit 11.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value “U0101” of the “user ID” from the top record (here, the row) of the contact management information shown in FIG. Then, it is determined whether or not the usage information corresponding to the user ID “U0101” satisfies the condition indicated by the character string following “content:” of the condition information read out above.
  • the condition indicated by the character string after “contents:” of the condition information read out above is “the usage information having the number of visitors matching the capacity of the currently vacant table exists in the corresponding usage information of 50% or more. .
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 records all the usage information including the current situation information from the usage information shown in FIG. 4, that is, usage information whose “store time” is blank (or Null value). The record is detected, and the value of “table ID” included in each detected record is acquired.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram showing table management information for managing the table of restaurant A and the number of seats thereof.
  • This table management information is assumed to be stored in advance in, for example, the promotion information storage unit 13 or a storage medium (not shown). Alternatively, it may be stored in an accessible storage medium or the like outside the information processing apparatus 1.
  • the table management information has attributes of “table ID” and “seat number”. “Table ID” is identification information of a table, and here it is assumed to be a table number. “Number of seats” is the number of seats provided in each table.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 excludes the “table ID” acquired from the usage information above from the “table ID” shown in FIG. 12 and acquires it from the usage information in the “table ID” shown in FIG. A “table ID” that does not overlap with the “table ID” is detected.
  • “T02”, “T07”, “T08”, “T09”, and “T10” are detected as non-overlapping “table IDs”.
  • the “number of seats” corresponding to the detected “table ID” is acquired so as not to acquire a plurality of duplicate values.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires “4” as the value of “the number of seats”.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 detects a record whose “user ID” is “U0101” from the usage management information shown in FIG. Then, for each detected record, a record in which the value of “number of customers” matches the value “4” of the “number of seats” acquired above is detected, and the number of detected records is counted. Assume that the counted number of records is “12”. Further, it is assumed that the total number of records whose “user ID” is “U0101” is “20”. Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 divides the counted number of records “12” by the total number of records “20”, and the “number of customers” of the usage information associated with the user ID “U0101” is calculated.
  • the ratio of the usage information that matches the capacity of the currently vacant table (that is, “the number of seats” in this case) is calculated.
  • the calculated ratio is 60%.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines that the above condition is satisfied. For this reason, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires the promotion information associated with the condition information, as described above, and the transmission unit 16 promotes to the contact indicated by the contact information corresponding to the user ID “U0101”. Send information.
  • FIG. 13 is a display example of the promotion information transmitted from the information processing apparatus 1.
  • promotion information acquisition unit 14 repeats the same processing as described above for the second and subsequent records from the top of the contact management information shown in FIG. And the process about this condition information is complete
  • the user usage information when the user usage information satisfies the condition information, by acquiring and transmitting the promotion information according to the condition information, it is possible to perform an appropriate promotion according to the user usage status. .
  • the promotion information acquisition part 14 detects the idle time which is a time slot
  • An example in which the promotion information is acquired at the time and the transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information will be described below.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 divides the business hours of the restaurant A into a plurality of time zones.
  • the business hours of restaurant A are from 17:00 to 23:00, and the business hours are divided into six time zones with each hour as a division position (division time).
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 has a store visit time zone (that is, a time zone between “store visit time” and “store exit time”) out of all the use information stored in the use information storage unit 11.
  • the number of usage information including each divided time zone is counted for each divided time zone. This process is the same as the process in which the “condition ID” is “003” except that the process is not performed for each “user ID”.
  • the promotion information acquisition part 14 divides
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram showing the frequency of user visits by time of the business hours calculated by the promotion information acquisition unit 14. “Time zone” indicates a time zone in which the business hours are divided at the hour, and “Visit frequency” indicates the frequency at which the user visits the store.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines “17:00 to 17:59”, which is the time zone indicated by the “time zone” having the smallest “visit frequency”, as the idle time. However, the latest time zone (here, 22:00 to 22:59) may be excluded from the object such as the idle time.
  • the promotion information acquisition unit 14 sets “16:30”, which is a time that is 30 minutes earlier than the “17:00” that is the start time of the idle time, to the idle time. Set to the time to send promotional information.
  • the promotion information acquisition part 14 performs the process which transmits promotion information, when the present time becomes the time which transmits the promotion information regarding this idle time.
  • condition information used for this processing unlike the above-described condition information, condition information previously associated with the idle time is used.
  • the condition information is stored in advance in the promotion information storage unit 13 in association with the promotion information.
  • this condition information for example, it is possible to use the condition information that “judgment target: each user identification information content: usage information corresponding to the store visit time is idle time is 30% or more in the corresponding usage information”.
  • any promotion information may be used as the promotion information associated with the condition information.
  • the effective period of the promotion information is not specified, or the effective period is set to idle time.
  • the promotion information acquisition part 14 performs the judgment process whether utilization information satisfy
  • the numerical value used as the threshold value of the condition information described in the specific example can be changed as appropriate, and may be a value designated in advance by a restaurant manager or the like.
  • the promotion information according to a user's usage information can be selected and transmitted, the information of the promotion for encouraging the user to visit a restaurant store Can be provided appropriately.
  • FIG. 15 is a block diagram of reservation information processing apparatus 100 according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
  • the reservation information processing apparatus 100 includes a usage location storage unit 111, a reservation information storage unit 112, a usage status storage unit 113, a usage status reception unit 114, a reservation inquiry information reception unit 115, a vacancy status information acquisition unit 116, a reservation determination unit 117, Reservation screen storage unit 118, matrix reservation screen storage unit 119, output unit 120, matrix reservation information storage unit 121, reservation instruction reception unit 122, reservation information storage unit 123, matrix reservation instruction reception unit 124, and matrix reservation information storage unit 125.
  • usage location information is stored.
  • the usage location information is information relating to one or more usage locations in the restaurant.
  • a use location is a location where a user in a restaurant can use, for example, a seat, a table, a private room, or the like.
  • the usage location information is, for example, usage location identification information.
  • the usage location identification information is, for example, a seat number, a seat code, a table number, a private room name, a private room number, a tatami room name, or the like.
  • a restaurant is a restaurant or the like that provides food and drink such as a restaurant, a coffee shop, and a tavern.
  • a user is a customer of a restaurant. The user here may be an individual or a group.
  • the usage location identification information may be information indicating the number of usage locations.
  • the number of places used is, for example, the number of seats in a restaurant, the number of tables, the number of private rooms, the number of seats, and the like.
  • usage location information is stored for all usage locations in the restaurant.
  • the usage location storage unit 111 stores the identification information of all the usage locations in the restaurant.
  • the usage location information storage unit 11 stores usage location information indicating the number of all usage locations in the restaurant.
  • the usage location information may be stored in the usage location storage unit 111 for the remaining usage locations excluding some usage locations in the restaurant. This part is, for example, a use location designated in advance, such as a spare seat.
  • the usage location storage unit 111 stores, for example, one or more usage location identification information.
  • the use location storage unit 111 is preferably a non-volatile recording medium, but can also be realized by a volatile recording medium. The same applies to other storage units.
  • the reservation information storage unit 112 stores one or more reservation information.
  • the reservation information is information indicating a user's reservation at the restaurant.
  • the reservation information is, for example, information having usage location information.
  • the usage location information included in the reservation information is usage location information related to the usage location reserved by the user.
  • the usage location information included in the reservation information is identification information of the usage location reserved by the user.
  • the usage location information included in the reservation information may be the number of usage locations reserved by the user.
  • the reservation information may further include user identification information of the reserved user.
  • the user identification information is user identification information, such as a user name, a user membership number, a mobile phone number, and an e-mail address.
  • the user identification information included in the reservation information is user identification information of the reserved user.
  • the reservation information may include information indicating the reserved time zone.
  • the reserved time zone is, for example, a time zone during which the reservation is valid.
  • the information indicating the reserved time zone is, for example, information including information including the start time and end time of the reserved time zone, and information indicating the start time of the time zone and the duration of the time zone.
  • the information indicating the reserved time zone may be a time representative of the reserved time zone, and may be, for example, the start time of the time zone or an intermediate time. For example, when the information indicating the reserved time zone is the start time of the reserved time zone, the reserved time zone is determined in advance from the time from the start time to the restaurant end time, or from the start time.
  • the information indicating the time zone here may include date information and the like.
  • the information indicating the reserved time zone may be, for example, names of time zones such as morning, afternoon, first half, second half, lunch time, coffee time, dinner time, and the like. In this case, for example, this name is associated with the actual time zone in advance.
  • the reservation information may include information indicating the number of people who have made reservations, information indicating the order contents of food and drink, and information indicating requests regarding food and drinks and services from users and the like. Further, the reservation information may include information that can be used for subsequent sales promotion activities, such as the purpose of use of the restaurant.
  • the usage status storage unit 113 stores one or more usage status information.
  • the usage status information is information having usage location information regarding one or more usage locations used by a user visiting a restaurant.
  • the usage status information is, for example, information having usage location information that is identification information of one or more usage locations used by a user visiting a restaurant.
  • utilization status information is information which has the utilization location information which shows the number of 1 or 2 or more utilization locations which the user who has visited the restaurant uses, for example.
  • the usage status information may be, for example, information including user identification information of a user visiting a restaurant and usage location information regarding one or more usage locations used by the user.
  • the usage status information may further include information on the visit time of the user.
  • the visit time may be considered as the time when the user starts using the use location or the time corresponding to it.
  • the usage status information may further include order history information that is information indicating food and drink ordered by the user.
  • the order history information is information indicating food and drink ordered by the user.
  • the order history information includes, for example, identification information of food and drink ordered by the user and information such as the quantity of the food and drink.
  • the order history information may include information indicating the order and time when the order is placed.
  • the usage status information including the user identification information of the user may be deleted. Or you may make it give information, such as a flag and a store closing time, to show that it is information which is not used by the process etc. which acquire the vacancy status information mentioned later to this usage status information.
  • the usage status reception unit 114 receives usage location information regarding usage locations used by users who visit restaurants.
  • the usage status reception unit 114 may receive, for example, user identification information of a user who has visited a restaurant and usage location information regarding a usage location used by the user.
  • the usage location information related to the usage location used by the user is, for example, identification information of the usage location used by the user.
  • the usage location information regarding the usage location used by the user may be information indicating the number of usage locations used by the user, for example.
  • the usage status reception unit 114 accumulates usage status information having the received usage location information in the usage status storage unit 113.
  • the usage status reception unit 114 may accumulate usage status information including the received user identification information and usage location information in the usage status storage unit 113.
  • the usage status reception unit 114 further obtains the usage status information including this time by acquiring the time immediately before storing the usage status information from a clock (not shown) or an NTP (Network Time Protocol) server (not shown). You may make it accumulate. Further, the usage status reception unit 114 further receives information such as the identification information of the food and drink ordered by the user and the information such as the quantity of the food and beverage, and further includes order history information including the received information. Information may be accumulated. In addition, after accumulating usage status information having user identification information, etc., additional information such as identification information of food and drink ordered by the user and the quantity of the food and drink is received, and order history information having these information May be added to the usage status information having the user identification information of the user who placed the order.
  • the food / beverage identification information is, for example, a food / beverage name or a code assigned to the food / beverage.
  • “Accepting here” is a concept including accepting information input from an input device such as a keyboard, mouse, touch panel, and receiving information transmitted via a wired or wireless communication line.
  • the usage status receiving unit 114 may receive user identification information and usage location information transmitted from a portable information terminal (not shown) or the like.
  • This portable information terminal may be, for example, a terminal for making an order used by a user, or a terminal for receiving an order used by a restaurant clerk.
  • the user identification information and usage location information input means may be anything such as a numeric keypad, keyboard, mouse or menu screen.
  • the usage status reception unit 114 can be realized by a device driver for input means such as a numeric keypad or a keyboard, control software for a menu screen, a communication device, its device driver, or the like.
  • the reservation inquiry information receiving unit 115 receives reservation inquiry information that is information for inquiring whether or not a user can make a reservation for a restaurant.
  • the reservation availability information is, for example, information including information indicating that a reservation availability inquiry is performed.
  • the reservation inquiry information may be considered as information including information (for example, a command or the like) that instructs to inquire whether reservation is possible.
  • the reservation inquiry information may include user identification information of the user. This user is, for example, a user whose reservation is inquired, specifically a user whose reservation is determined.
  • the reservation inquiry information may have a reservation condition.
  • the conditions for reservation include, for example, information indicating a time zone desired to be reserved, use location information regarding a use location such as a seat to be reserved, the number of reserved people, whether or not a non-smoking seat is designated, and the like.
  • the usage location information regarding the usage location such as a seat to be reserved is specifically the identification information of the usage location to be reserved and the number of usage locations to be reserved.
  • the information indicating the time slot to be reserved may be, for example, the reservation start time, specifically the time when the user visits the store.
  • the time is a concept including a date.
  • the reservation inquiry information receiving unit 115 receives user identification information, reservation conditions, and the like as reception of reservation inquiry information. In this case, it is not necessary to include information instructing to inquire whether reservation is possible.
  • the reservation inquiry information receiving unit 115 can be realized by a device driver of input means such as a numeric keypad or a keyboard, control software for a menu screen, or the like.
  • the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 can make a reservation using the usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111, the usage location information included in the reservation information, and the usage location information included in the usage status information.
  • Free space information which is information indicating the status of the usage location, is acquired.
  • the availability information may be information including the number of use locations that can be reserved, or information including identification information of one or more use locations that can be reserved. Further, the availability information may be information indicating the presence / absence of a useable part that can be reserved. Further, the availability information may be information indicating a reservable time zone.
  • the information indicating the reservable time zone may be information on the start time of the time zone, or information capable of specifying the start time and the end time of the time zone. Further, the availability information may be a combination of two or more of the above information. As a result, the availability information may be information that can be used to determine whether there is a use location that can be reserved.
  • the availability status information acquisition unit 116 obtains the usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111 by excluding the usage location information included in the reservation information and the usage location information included in the usage status information. The obtained usage location information or the total number thereof is acquired as availability information.
  • the availability status information acquisition unit 116 determines the total number of usage location information included in the reservation information and the total usage location information included in the usage status information from the total usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111. The number obtained by subtracting and may be acquired as the availability information. Alternatively, if the obtained number is 1 or more, the availability information indicating that there is a useable part that can be reserved is obtained, and if not, the availability information indicating that there is no available useable part is obtained. You may do it.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 uses the usage information included in the reservation information from the usage location information (here, the number of usage locations) stored in the usage location storage unit 111.
  • the number obtained by subtracting the location information and the usage location information included in the usage status information is acquired as the availability status information.
  • the obtained number is 1 or more, the availability information indicating that there is a useable part that can be reserved is obtained, and otherwise, the availability information indicating that there is no available useable part is obtained. You may get it.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 further includes: You may make it acquire the information which shows the time slot
  • the information indicating the time zone includes, for example, information indicating the reserved time zone included in the reservation information associated with one or a plurality of usage location information, and the usage status associated with the same usage location information as described above. It can be acquired by detecting a time zone of a predesignated length that does not overlap any of the information indicating the time zone currently used by the user indicated by the information.
  • the reserved time zone may be a time zone estimated by a rule or the like designated in advance from the reservation start time.
  • This rule is, for example, a rule for adding a predetermined length of time.
  • the time zone currently used by the user may also be a time zone estimated from the user's visit time according to the same rules specified in advance. The same applies to the following.
  • the reservation information includes information indicating the time zone in which the reservation is executed
  • the reservation inquiry information includes information indicating the time zone as a condition for the reservation.
  • the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 uses the usage location information included in the reservation information in the time zone that overlaps the time zone indicated by the reservation inquiry information from the usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111;
  • the usage location information included in the usage status information in the time zone that overlaps the time zone indicated by the reservation inquiry information is excluded.
  • the overlapping time zone here may be considered as a concept including at least partly overlapping. The same applies to the following. Then, the obtained usage location information or the total number thereof may be acquired as availability information.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 may acquire availability information indicating that there is a use location that can be reserved. Alternatively, from the total number of usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111, the total number of usage location information included in the reservation information in the time zone that overlaps the time zone indicated by the reservation query information, and the time zone indicated by the reservation query information And the total number of usage location information included in the usage status information in the time zone that overlaps with. And you may make it acquire the number obtained by this as empty condition information. If the obtained number is 1 or more, the availability information acquisition unit 116 may acquire availability information indicating that there is a use location that can be reserved.
  • the reservation information in the time zone overlapping with the time zone indicated by the reservation inquiry information is, for example, reservation information including information indicating a time zone having a period overlapping with the time zone indicated by the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information. is there. Specifically, if the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information and the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation information are both period information, the time zones partially overlap. Alternatively, when the lengths overlap by a predetermined length or more, the availability information acquisition unit 116 may determine that the periods overlap as described above.
  • the period information is information that can specify the start time and end time of the period.
  • one of the information specifying the time zone of the reservation inquiry information and the information indicating the time zone of the reservation information is information that can specify the start time and end time of the period, and the other is the start time It is assumed that the information specifies one time within the period. In this case, when the time indicated by the information specifying the time is a time within the period indicated by the information that can specify the start time and the end time of the period, the availability information acquisition unit 116 sets the period as described above. May be determined to overlap.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 may determine that the periods overlap as described above.
  • the information indicating the time zone is information indicating the time such as the start time
  • the time period indicated by the information indicating the time zone is set to a predetermined or indefinite length period including the time. In view of this, a process for determining whether or not the above periods overlap may be performed.
  • the usage status information in the time zone overlapping with the time zone indicated by the reservation inquiry information is usage status information corresponding to the time zone indicated by the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information.
  • This is usage status information associated with a time zone having a period overlapping with the time zone indicated by the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information.
  • the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 includes a period having a length designated in advance with the store visit time included in each usage status information stored in the usage status storage unit 113 as a start time, and reservation inquiry information. It is determined whether or not the time zone indicated by the time zone information has a period that overlaps.
  • the period having a predesignated length with the store visit time as the start time may be considered as a period in which the user currently visiting the store is expected to stay before leaving the store.
  • the length designated in advance may be set to, for example, the average stay time of the user at the restaurant.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 determines that the usage status information including the visit time is the usage status information corresponding to the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information. Also good.
  • the availability status information acquisition unit 116 indicates that the period of time designated in advance includes the time.
  • the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 stores each usage status stored in the usage status storage unit 113. It is determined whether or not the difference between the store visit time included in the information and the time indicated by the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information is within a predetermined time. If it is within a pre-designated time, the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 uses the usage status information including the visit time as the usage status information corresponding to the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information. You may judge that there is.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 for example, the difference between the start time of the time zone indicated by the information indicating the time zone indicated by the reservation inquiry information and the time when the reservation inquiry information is received is within the time specified in advance.
  • the usage status information stored in the usage status storage unit 113 may be determined as usage status information corresponding to information indicating the time zone of the reservation inquiry information. In the above, the current time may be used instead of the time when the reservation inquiry information is received.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 further determines the presence / absence of usage location information that matches conditions other than the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information, and indicates that there is a usage location that can be reserved when there is usage location information.
  • the availability information may be acquired. For example, it is assumed that the reservation inquiry information includes usage location information that is identification information of a usage location to be reserved. In this case, the availability information acquisition unit 116 determines whether or not the usage location information that matches the usage location information included in the reservation inquiry information is included in the reservation information and the usage status information. If not included, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires availability information indicating that there is a usage location indicated by the usage location information. If included, the usage location indicated by the usage location information indicates the usage location.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 includes, for example, use location information that is identification information of a use location included in reservation information corresponding to information indicating a time zone included in reservation inquiry information, and reservation inquiry information. Usage point information that matches the usage point information included in the reservation inquiry information is included in the usage point information that is identification information of the usage point included in the usage status information corresponding to the information indicating the included time zone. Determine whether or not. If not included, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires availability information indicating that there is a usage location indicated by the usage location information. If included, the usage location indicated by the usage location information indicates the usage location. You may make it acquire the availability information which shows that there is no.
  • availability information acquisition unit 116 Does not have to use the information indicating the time zone as described above when acquiring the availability information. This is because, when acquiring the availability information, the availability information acquisition unit 116 only needs to determine whether there is reservation or use on the day. The same applies to a case where the reservation that can be accepted is limited to the reservation immediately after the present.
  • the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 normally performs processing for acquiring vacancy status information when the reservation query information receiving unit 115 receives the reservation query information.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 can be usually realized by an MPU, a memory, or the like.
  • the processing procedure of the availability information acquisition unit 116 is usually realized by software, and the software is recorded on a recording medium such as a ROM.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
  • the reservation determination unit 117 determines whether or not the reservation indicated by the reservation inquiry information is possible using the availability information.
  • the reservation determination unit 117 for example, when the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 acquires vacancy status information indicating that there is one or more usage location information, or the vacancy status having one or more reservationable usage location information When information is acquired, it is determined that a reservation is possible.
  • the reservation determination unit 117 determines that a reservation is possible when the availability information indicating that there is use location information that satisfies the reservation condition included in the reservation inquiry information.
  • the reservation determination unit 117 includes the reservation location information included in the reservation inquiry information in the usage location information included in the availability status information acquired by the availability status information acquisition unit 116.
  • the reservation determination unit 117 includes the reservation included in the reservation inquiry information in the usage location information included in the availability information acquired by the availability information acquisition unit 116. It is determined whether there is usage location information that matches the usage location information that is the condition of the above, and if there is, it is determined that a reservation is possible.
  • the reservation determination unit 117 includes the number of use points to be reserved, which are reservation conditions included in the reservation inquiry information, in the use point information included in the availability information acquired by the availability information acquisition unit 116. It is determined whether or not there is a matching number of pieces of usage location information. If there is a match, it is determined that a reservation is possible.
  • the usage location in this case is, for example, a seat or a table.
  • the number of usage locations to be reserved may be considered as the number of reservations or the number of reservation groups.
  • the reservation determination unit 117 can be usually realized by an MPU, a memory, or the like.
  • the processing procedure of the reservation determination unit 117 is usually realized by software, and the software is recorded on a recording medium such as a ROM.
  • the reservation determination unit 117 may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
  • the reservation screen storage unit 118 stores information on a reservation screen that is a screen for receiving a reservation instruction.
  • the reservation instruction is an instruction to make a reservation.
  • the reservation screen is an interface screen for receiving a reservation instruction, for example.
  • the reservation screen may have an input field and a button for receiving a reservation instruction.
  • the reservation screen information is information for outputting the reservation screen.
  • the information on the reservation screen is, for example, image data, HTML data, XML data, etc. constituting the reservation screen.
  • the storage is a concept including temporary storage.
  • the output screen generation unit uses the template information prepared in advance and the usage location information of the available usage locations acquired by the availability information acquisition unit 116. May be used to generate a reservation screen having information on available usage locations.
  • the information on the useable part that can be reserved is, for example, identification information on the useable part that can be reserved or the number of useable parts that can be reserved.
  • the output screen generation unit may temporarily store the reservation screen in the reservation screen storage unit 118, and the output unit 120 may read and output the reservation screen.
  • the template information may be stored in advance in a template information storage unit (not shown).
  • an output screen generation unit (not shown) can make a reservation by placing reservationable usage location information on a predesignated list in the template information.
  • a reservation screen having a list of usage location information may be generated.
  • a position where the reservation image generation unit (not shown) indicates the usage location corresponding to the usage location information that can be reserved in the template information having a floor plan and a floor plan in the restaurant May be changed to an output mode indicating that it is a useable part that can be reserved, so that a floor plan or a floor plan that can visually identify the useable part that can be reserved may be generated.
  • Changing the output mode means, for example, highlighting by partially changing a color such as a background color or arranging an image that has been transferred in advance.
  • changing the position indicating the usage location corresponding to the usage location information that can be reserved to the output mode indicating that the usage location can be reserved means that the usage location corresponding to the usage location information that cannot be reserved is changed. This is a concept that includes changing the indicated position to an output mode that indicates a use location that cannot be reserved.
  • the matrix reservation screen storage unit 119 stores information on a matrix reservation screen that is a screen for receiving a matrix reservation instruction.
  • the matrix reservation instruction is an instruction to accumulate the matrix reservation information.
  • the queue reservation information is information having user identification information of a user who waits for a vacant place in a restaurant.
  • the queue reservation information is information for managing users who are waiting in a so-called queue.
  • the queue may be considered as waiting for cancellation.
  • the vacant use location is, for example, a use location that is not reserved and is considered that the user currently visiting the store is not staying.
  • the vacant usage location here may be, for example, a vacant usage location in the time zone indicated by the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information described above.
  • the use location satisfying the reservation condition included in the reservation inquiry information may be vacant.
  • the vacant usage location may be a vacant usage location that the user wants to reserve, or may be a vacant unspecified usage location in a restaurant.
  • the queue reservation screen is, for example, an interface screen for receiving a queue reservation instruction.
  • the reservation screen may have an input field and a button for receiving a reservation instruction.
  • the information on the queue reservation screen is information for outputting the queue reservation screen.
  • the information on the queue reservation screen is, for example, image data, HTML data, XML data, or the like constituting the queue reservation screen.
  • the storage here is a concept including temporary storage.
  • the output unit 120 performs output according to the determination result of the reservation determination unit 117. For example, the output unit 120 reads and outputs the reservation screen stored in the reservation screen storage unit 118 when the reservation determination unit 117 determines that the reservation is possible. For example, when the reservation determination unit 117 determines that the reservation is not possible, the output unit 120 outputs the matrix reservation screen stored in the matrix reservation screen storage unit 119. Further, the output unit 120 is information indicating whether or not a reservation is a determination result of the reservation determining unit 117, for example, a character string indicating whether or not a reservation is possible, and an image read from a storage medium (not shown) corresponding to whether or not a reservation is possible. May be output.
  • the output unit 120 outputs a reservation screen in which user identification information included in the reservation inquiry information, usage location information, information indicating a time zone, and the like are arranged in a predetermined input field of the reservation screen. Also good. The same applies to the queue reservation screen.
  • Output here refers to display on a display, projection using a projector, printing to a printer, sound output, transmission to an external device, storage in a recording medium, and output to other processing devices or other programs. It is a concept that includes delivery of processing results.
  • the output unit 120 may transmit an output according to the determination result to an information processing terminal or the like for receiving an order or the like (not shown).
  • the output unit 120 may or may not include an output device such as a display or a speaker.
  • the output unit 120 can be realized by output device driver software, or output device driver software and an output device.
  • the matrix reservation information storage unit 121 stores one or more matrix reservation information.
  • the matrix reservation information stored in the matrix reservation information storage unit 121 may include, for example, usage location information and information indicating the order in which the matrix reservation information is accumulated.
  • matrix reservation information for the usage location indicated by the usage location information is stored in association with information indicating the order in which the matrix reservation information is accumulated.
  • the information indicating the order may be any information that can determine the relative order of the accumulated matrix reservation information, for example, information including serial numbers in ascending order or descending order, or information indicating the accumulated time. Also good.
  • the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 receives a reservation instruction that is an instruction to store reservation information. For example, the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 receives a reservation instruction when the reservation determining unit 117 determines that the reservation requested by the reservation inquiry information is possible. For example, the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 receives a reservation instruction via a reservation screen output by the output unit 120. Accepting via a reservation screen may be considered as accepting a reservation instruction using the reservation screen as an input interface, or accepting a reservation instruction while the reservation screen is being output.
  • the reservation instruction may include user identification information of a user who makes a reservation.
  • the reservation instruction may have usage location information regarding the usage location to be reserved.
  • the reservation instruction may include information indicating a reservation time zone. In addition, the reservation instruction may include information on the number of reservations.
  • the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 may receive a reservation instruction that is an instruction to accumulate reservation information corresponding to the reservation inquiry information, for example.
  • the reservation information corresponding to the reservation inquiry information includes, for example, reservation information having user identification information included in the reservation inquiry information, reservation information having usage location information included in the reservation inquiry information, and usage satisfying conditions indicated by the reservation inquiry information. Reservation information or the like having use location information regarding the location. Further, for example, the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 reads out the user identification information, the usage location information, the information indicating the time zone, and the like included in the reservation inquiry information, and receives the reservation instruction having these information. May be.
  • Receiving reservation instructions means receiving information input from input devices such as a keyboard, mouse, and touch panel, receiving information sent via a wired or wireless communication line, and recording on optical disks, magnetic disks, semiconductor memories, etc. It is a concept including reception of information read from a medium.
  • the reservation instruction input means may be anything such as a numeric keypad, keyboard, mouse or menu screen.
  • the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 can be realized by a device driver of input means such as a numeric keypad or a keyboard, control software for a menu screen, and the like.
  • the reservation information storage unit 123 stores reservation information corresponding to the reservation instruction in the reservation information storage unit 112.
  • the reservation information storage unit 123 acquires, for example, reservation information including user identification information, usage location information, and information indicating a reservation time zone included in the reservation instruction received by the reservation instruction reception unit 122, and stores the reservation information.
  • the reservation information accumulating unit 123 acquires the user identification information included in the reservation inquiry information, the use location information, and the reservation information having information indicating the reservation time zone, and accumulates it in the reservation information storage unit 112. good.
  • reservation information including information appropriately read out from information included in the reservation instruction received by the reservation instruction receiving unit and information included in the reservation inquiry information may be acquired and accumulated.
  • the reservation instruction or reservation inquiry information does not have usage location information, or if the reservation inquiry information does not include the reservation conditions for identifying the usage location, the reservation location that can be reserved From the identification information, the usage location information regarding the usage location to be reserved may be automatically acquired according to a rule specified in advance.
  • the reservation information storage unit 123 can be usually realized by an MPU, a memory, or the like.
  • the processing procedure of the reservation information storage unit 123 is usually realized by software, and the software is recorded in a recording medium such as a ROM.
  • the reservation information storage unit 123 may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
  • the queue reservation instruction receiving unit 124 receives a queue reservation instruction. For example, when the reservation determination unit 117 determines that the reservation requested by the reservation inquiry information is not possible, the matrix reservation instruction reception unit 124 receives a matrix reservation instruction. For example, the matrix reservation instruction receiving unit 124 receives a matrix reservation instruction via the matrix reservation screen output by the output unit 120.
  • the other configuration and processing of the matrix reservation instruction receiving unit 124 are the same as those in the configuration and processing of the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 described above, in which the reservation instruction is replaced with the matrix reservation instruction and the like. Then, detailed explanation is omitted.
  • the matrix reservation information accumulation unit 125 accumulates the matrix reservation information corresponding to the matrix reservation instruction in the matrix reservation information storage unit 121.
  • the configuration, processing, and the like of the queue reservation information storage unit 125 are the same as the configuration and processing of the reservation information storage unit 123 described above, in which the reservation instruction and the reservation information are replaced with the matrix reservation instruction, the matrix reservation information, and the like. Therefore, detailed description is omitted here.
  • the usage location information is identification information of the usage location
  • the usage location information is identification information of the usage location
  • Step S201 The usage status reception unit 114 determines whether usage status information has been received. If accepted, the process proceeds to step S202. If not accepted, the process proceeds to step S203.
  • Step S202 The usage status reception unit 114 accumulates the usage status information received in Step S201 in the usage status storage unit 113. Then, the process returns to step S201.
  • Step S203 The usage status reception unit 114 determines whether or not information indicating that the user visiting the store has left the store has been received.
  • the information indicating that the store has been closed is, for example, information including the user identification information of the user who has left the store and the store closing time acquired from a clock (not shown). If the user has left the store, the process proceeds to step S204. If the user has not left the store, the process proceeds to step S205.
  • Step S204 The usage status reception unit 114 adds the store closing time to the usage status information having the user identification information of the user who has left the store. Then, the process returns to step S201.
  • the usage status receiving unit 114 may delete this usage information.
  • Step S205 The reservation inquiry information reception unit 115 determines whether reservation inquiry information has been received. If accepted, the process proceeds to step S206. If not accepted, the process returns to step S201.
  • Step S206 The availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires the availability information using the reservation information and the usage status information.
  • Step S207 The reservation determination unit 117 determines whether reservation is possible using the availability information acquired in step S206. If yes, go to step S208, otherwise go to step S211.
  • Step S208 The output unit 120 reads information on the reservation screen from the reservation screen storage unit 118, and outputs the reservation screen.
  • Step S209 The reservation instruction receiving unit 122 determines whether a reservation instruction has been received. If accepted, the process proceeds to step S210. If not accepted, the process returns to step S209.
  • Step S210 The reservation information storage unit 123 acquires the reservation information corresponding to the reservation instruction received in Step S209 and stores it in the reservation information storage unit 112. Then, the process returns to step S201.
  • Step S211 The output unit 120 reads out and outputs information on the matrix reservation screen from the matrix reservation information storage unit 121.
  • Step S212 The matrix reservation instruction receiving unit 124 determines whether or not a matrix reservation instruction has been received. If accepted, the process proceeds to step S213. If not accepted, the process returns to step S212.
  • Step S213 The matrix reservation information storage unit 125 acquires the matrix reservation information corresponding to the matrix reservation instruction received in step S212, and stores it in the matrix reservation information storage unit 121. Then, the process returns to step S201.
  • FIG. 17 is a conceptual diagram of a reservation system including the reservation information processing apparatus 100.
  • the reservation system 2000 includes a reservation information processing apparatus 100 used in the restaurant A and a plurality of information communication terminals 200 held by the store clerk of the restaurant A.
  • a reservation information processing apparatus 100 used in the restaurant A and a plurality of information communication terminals 200 held by the store clerk of the restaurant A.
  • the reservation information processing apparatus 100 and the information communication terminal 200 are connected by wireless communication via a network as an example.
  • the information communication terminal 200 is assumed to be a so-called tablet-type terminal provided with a touch panel or the like.
  • the usage location information is identification information of the usage location will be described as an example.
  • a user whose user identification information is “U1001” visits restaurant A with three people and sits at a table whose table identification information is “T05”.
  • the user identification information is a member number of the restaurant A.
  • the member number is stored in a storage medium (not shown) or the like in association with contact information such as a name, a telephone number or an e-mail address, an address, or the like of a user who is a member.
  • the table identification information is assumed to be a table number.
  • each table in the restaurant is a usage location
  • the table identification information is usage location information.
  • the store clerk of restaurant A moves to the table of the user “U1001” who visited the store and operates the information communication terminal 200 to display a screen for inputting the user identification information of the user who visited the store and the table number. Then, it is assumed that the store clerk inputs the user identification information “U1001”, the table number “T05”, the number of users “3”, and presses a transmission button (not shown).
  • the user identification information and the table number are transmitted from the information communication terminal 200 to the reservation information processing apparatus 100.
  • the usage status reception unit 114 of the reservation information processing apparatus 100 receives the transmitted user identification information and table number.
  • the usage status reception unit 114 uses the usage status information including the received user identification information, the table number, and the store visit time that is the current time “18:05” acquired from a clock (not shown). To accumulate.
  • the time information of the same day not including the date and time is used as the time information.
  • the date and time information having the date and time information may be used as the time information. .
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram showing usage status management information for managing usage status information stored in the usage status storage unit 113.
  • the use status management information has attributes such as “use ID”, “user ID”, “table ID”, “visit time”, “store exit time”, and “number of users”.
  • “Usage ID” is identification information for managing usage status management information.
  • “User ID” is user identification information
  • “Table ID” is usage location information
  • “Visiting time” is the visiting time
  • “Leaving time” is the closing time.
  • the visit time may be considered the use start time of restaurant A.
  • “Number of users” is the number of users.
  • each row is usage status management information for managing one usage status information.
  • the usage status information may have other attributes.
  • a record of usage status management information having the above “usage ID” “10052” is added to the usage status management information already stored.
  • the store clerk sends “U1001” as the “user ID” to the information communication terminal 200, the product name of the ordered product, the product code, Enter the number of orders.
  • the input product name is “beer”
  • the product code is “BR50”
  • the number of orders is “3”.
  • the set of input information is transmitted from the information communication terminal 200 to a server or the like (not shown) that accepts a restaurant order.
  • the transmitted information is also transmitted to the information communication terminal 200, and the usage status reception unit 114 receives the transmitted information.
  • the usage status reception unit 114 associates the combination of the received product name, product code, and order quantity with the received “user ID” “U1001”, and receives the “user ID” received above. Is stored in the usage status storage unit 113 as order history information of usage status information managed by the usage status management information with “U1001”.
  • FIG. 19 shows order history management information for managing the order history information stored in the usage status storage unit 113.
  • the order history management information has attributes of “order history ID”, “use ID”, and “order history”.
  • the “order history” further has attributes of “product name”, “product code”, and “number of orders”.
  • “Order history ID” is identification information for managing records of order history management information.
  • one line in FIG. 19 is considered as one record of order history management information.
  • “Usage ID” is “Usage ID” of usage status management information associated with a record of order history management information, and corresponds to “Usage ID” in FIG.
  • “Order history” is order history information.
  • “Product name”, “product code”, and “number of orders” are information constituting a set of the product name, product code, and number of orders received by the usage status receiving unit 114.
  • a record including the set of information received by the usage status receiving unit 114 is added to the order history management information in which other records have already been stored.
  • the usage status reception unit 114 When the usage status reception unit 114 receives, for example, information transmitted from the information communication terminal 200, the usage status management information has a “user ID” that matches the value of the “user ID” included in this information. Then, a record of usage status management information in which the “store closing time” is blank is searched from the usage status management information of FIG. Then, the usage status reception unit 114 acquires the value of “use ID” of the usage status management information detected by the search. The usage status reception unit 114 stores the acquired value in association with other order history information as the “use ID” of the order history management information. As a result, each record of the order history management information is associated with the record of the usage status management information indicated by the value of the “use ID” of each record.
  • the order history information included in one usage status information is the order history management having the same “use ID” as the “use ID” included in one record of the usage status management information for managing the one usage status information.
  • the order history information managed by the order history management information whose “use ID” is “10059” is the order history information of the use state information managed by the use state management information whose “use ID” is “10059”. It is.
  • FIG. 20 shows reservation management information for managing reservation information stored in the reservation information storage unit 112.
  • the reservation management information has attributes of “reservation ID”, “user ID”, “table ID”, “reservation start time”, and “number of users”.
  • “Reservation ID” is identification information for managing records of reservation management information.
  • “User ID” is user identification information of a reserved user.
  • “Table ID” is table identification information of a reserved table.
  • the “reservation start time” is a start time at which a reservation is executed, and here, it is assumed that a time in 15 minute increments from the hour on the hour can be specified.
  • “Number of users” is the number of people reserved. Note that one record of the reservation management information is deleted, for example, when the reservation indicated by the reservation information included in the record is executed.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram showing usage location management information for managing usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111.
  • the usage location management information has attributes of “table ID” and “number of users”.
  • Table ID is usage location information, and here, indicates the table number of the table that is the usage location of restaurant A.
  • Numberer of users is the maximum number of users of the table that is the usage location.
  • each row represents one piece of usage location management information.
  • the reservation application is a reservation with no time designation, and a designation of “4”, which is the value of the number of people who want to make a reservation, is assumed.
  • a time zone for which a reservation can be made is inquired for a time zone after today's current time.
  • the store clerk who accepted the application displays an input interface screen for making a reservation inquiry on the information communication terminal 200, and inputs information necessary for the inquiry of the reservation.
  • FIG. 22 is an input interface screen for making a reservation inquiry displayed on the monitor of the information communication terminal 200.
  • the store clerk inputs “no designation” in the reservation start time input field 81, “4” (person) in the reservation number input field 82, and “no designation” in the reservation table input field 83. It is assumed that the “reservation inquiry” button 84 is pressed.
  • the information communication terminal 200 transmits the input information to the reservation information processing apparatus 100 as reservation inquiry information.
  • the reservation inquiry information receiving unit 115 of the reservation information processing apparatus 100 receives the reservation inquiry information transmitted from the information communication terminal 200. Since the reservation inquiry information receiving unit 115 has received the reservation inquiry information, the vacancy status information acquiring unit 116 starts acquiring the vacancy status information.
  • an inquiry is made as to whether or not a reservation that matches the conditions indicated by the reservation inquiry information is possible.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 determines whether there is any available table that can be used by four people after the present day.
  • the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 starts from the top of the records in which the value of “number of users” of the usage location management information shown in FIG. 21 is “4” or more, which is the value of the number of users indicated by the reservation inquiry information. From the first record, “T01” that is the value of “table ID” is acquired. Then, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires the value of “reservation start time” from each record whose “table ID” of the reservation management information shown in FIG. 20 is “T01”. Then, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires each time when a predetermined length of time has elapsed from the time indicated by each acquired “reservation start time”. Here, the length designated in advance is 2 hours. In addition, a time at which a predetermined length of time has elapsed is referred to as an expected reservation end time, and a time zone between the reservation start time and the expected reservation end time is referred to as an expected reservation time zone.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires the value “19:30” of “reservation start time” from this record. Then, the availability status information acquisition unit 116 acquires, from this “reservation start time”, an expected reservation end time “21:30”, which is a time obtained by adding 2 hours to this time.
  • the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 sets the value of “Table ID” to “T01” from the records in which the “exit time” is blank, that is, Null among the current status management information shown in FIG. Find a record that is. Then, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires the value of “visit time” of the detected record. Here, the value “17:10” of “visit time” of the record whose “use ID” is “10053” is acquired. Then, the time at which a predetermined length of time has elapsed is acquired from the time indicated by the acquired “store visit time”. Here, the length designated in advance is 2 hours.
  • a time at which a predetermined length of time has elapsed is referred to as an expected closing time
  • a time zone between the visiting time and the expected closing time is referred to as an expected use time zone.
  • “19:10” is acquired as the expected closing time.
  • the availability status information acquisition unit 116 during the business hours of the restaurant A, a continuous time period of a predesignated length that does not overlap any of the expected reservation time period and the expected use time period. Detection is performed.
  • the length of time specified in advance is 2 hours.
  • the start time in 15 minute increments is referred to as a comparison start time.
  • the availability status information acquisition unit 116 acquires the comparison start times when they do not overlap with each other as the start times of the available idle times.
  • the acquired start time is temporarily stored in a storage medium (not shown) in association with the value of “table ID”.
  • the information temporarily stored here is the free space information in this specific example.
  • the comparison start time is set to a time of 15 minutes with reference to the hour, but the comparison start time may be set to any time.
  • the time may be in increments of n minutes (where n is a value from 1 to 30, etc.).
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 starts from “18:30”, which is the time in 15-minute increments closest to the current time.
  • the above processing is performed. Specifically, the availability information acquisition unit 116 first acquires the time “20:30”, which is two hours after this time, with the time “18:30” as the comparison start time.
  • the comparison start time is a time within one of the above-described expected reservation time zone and the expected usage time zone. If the comparison start time is a time that coincides with the expected reservation end time, it is determined here that the comparison start time is not a time within the expected reservation time zone. The same applies to the expected closing time.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 designates the start time in advance so as not to overlap with either the expected reserved time zone or the expected usage time zone. It is determined that it is not the start time of a continuous time period of a certain length. The same processing is performed for the start time after the next 15 minutes. In addition, when it is not the time of any time zone, the availability status information acquisition unit 116 indicates that the time “20:30” after the elapse of 2 hours is one of the above-described predicted reservation time zone or the expected usage time zone. It is determined whether the time is within the time zone.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 determines that the start time has a length specified in advance that does not overlap either the expected reservation time zone or the expected usage time zone. It is determined that it is not the start time of the continuous time zone. The same processing is performed for the start time after the next 15 minutes. If it is not the time of any time zone, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires this start time as the start time of the available idle time. The acquired start time is temporarily stored in a storage medium or the like (not shown) in association with “T01” which is the value of “table ID”. The same processing is performed for the start time after the next 15 minutes.
  • the availability status information acquisition unit 116 uses the above processing to set “21:30”, “21:45”, and “22:00” as the start time of the available idle time. get.
  • the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 records the upper part of the record of “4” or more in which the value of “number of users” of the use location management information shown in FIG. 21 is the value of the number of users indicated by the reservation inquiry information. From the second and subsequent records, the value of “table ID” is sequentially acquired, the same processing as described above is performed, and the start time of the free time is acquired for each “table ID”.
  • table identification information is input in the input field 83 of the reservation table in FIG. 22, for example, this input table is used instead of the above processing.
  • the table indicated by the identification information it is determined whether or not there is a space after the current day.
  • the start time is specified in the input field 81 for the reservation start time, instead of the above processing, for example, the table has a free space within the time specified in advance from the start time of today. Judge whether there is.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the availability information acquired and temporarily stored by the availability information acquisition unit 116.
  • the availability information has attributes of “table ID” and “reservable time”.
  • the “table ID” corresponds to the “table ID” in FIG.
  • the “reservable time” is a start time of a free time in which a 2-hour reservation is possible.
  • each line is considered as each record of availability information.
  • the reservation determination unit 117 determines whether reservation is possible using the availability information acquired by the availability information acquisition unit 116.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 has acquired availability information having one or more records, the reservation determination unit 117 determines that a reservation is possible.
  • the output unit 120 reads information on the reservation screen for performing the reservation from the reservation screen storage unit 118 and transmits the information to the information communication terminal 200.
  • the output unit 120 aggregates the “reservable time” values of the availability information in FIG. 23 acquired by the availability information acquisition unit 116 for each time in 15 minute increments. And the output part 120 produces the information of the screen which shows the empty condition of the restaurant A by arrange
  • the reservation screen, the screen showing the availability, etc. are composed of data such as an HTML file or image data, for example.
  • the information communication terminal 200 When the information communication terminal 200 receives the information on the reservation screen and the screen indicating the free space transmitted from the output unit 120, the information communication terminal 200 displays the information on the monitor.
  • FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a display example of information on the reservation screen and the screen showing the free space output by the output unit 120 by the information communication terminal 200.
  • the left side shows a reservation screen 201
  • the left side shows a screen 202 showing the availability.
  • On the screen 202 showing the vacancy status “no vacant seat” is displayed for the time when the total result of “reservable time” is “0”, and the total result of “reservable time” is other than “0”. The total number is displayed after “vacant seats”.
  • the store clerk notifies the user who applied for the reservation using a telephone or e-mail that the reservation is possible, and the user is referred to the screen 202 showing the vacancy status displayed on the information communication terminal 200.
  • the time that can be reserved is reported to.
  • the user receives an instruction to select “U0801” that is the user identification information and one of the reservation-available times.
  • the clerk displays the reservation time “21:30” selected by the user in the reservation time input field 205 and the user identification information “U0801” in the user identification information input field 206. Enter “4” in the user number input field 207. Then, it is assumed that the store clerk presses the “reservation execution” button 208.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a display example of the information communication terminal 200 immediately before the “reservation execution” button 208 is pressed.
  • the reservation screen 202 may have an input field or a check box for receiving information other than the above.
  • “table ID” may be received as information for designating a table to be reserved.
  • the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 of the reservation information processing apparatus 100 receives the reservation time, user identification information, and information on the number of users as a reservation instruction, and the reservation information storage unit 123 is configured with the reservation time, the user identification information, and the number of users. Reservation information having this information is added to the reservation information storage unit 112.
  • the reservation information storage unit 123 determines the time “21 o'clock included in the reservation instruction from the availability information shown in FIG.
  • the value of “table ID” of the record having “reservable time” indicating the time coincident with “30 minutes” is acquired and used as reservation information.
  • “T01” is acquired as the “table ID”.
  • the value of one “table ID” may be acquired. May be acquired in the order of arrangement.
  • FIG. 26 is a diagram showing reservation information management information in which a record including reservation information is added. As a result, the reservation is completed.
  • a link button to a screen for registering a “user ID” is provided on the reservation screen 201 etc., and by pressing this link button, a member registration screen etc. is output so that member registration can be performed. May be. Thereby, for example, when the user who makes the reservation is not registered as a member and there is no “user ID” to be used for the reservation, the member registration can be performed and the “user ID” can be acquired.
  • the availability information acquisition unit 116 cannot acquire one or more availability information in the above.
  • the reservation determination unit 117 determines that the reservation requested by the reservation inquiry information cannot be made. Then, the output unit 120 transmits information on the matrix reservation screen stored in the matrix reservation screen storage unit 119 to the information communication terminal 200.
  • the information communication terminal 200 When the information communication terminal 200 receives the information on the matrix reservation screen transmitted from the output unit 120, the information communication terminal 200 displays the information on the monitor.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a display example of information on the matrix reservation screen output from the output unit 120 by the information communication terminal 200.
  • the clerk tells the user who applied for the reservation by phone or e-mail that the reservation is not possible, but the queue waiting reservation can be made, and the user who has agreed to make the queue waiting reservation, Assume that the user identification information “U0801” and the number of users “4” are received.
  • the store clerk may also accept a “table ID” as information for designating a table to be queued.
  • the store clerk inputs the user identification information “U0801” into the user identification information input field 232 and receives the number of users “4” received above. Is entered in the number-of-users input field 233, and the “execution of matrix reservation” button 234 is pressed.
  • the information communication terminal 200 transmits the user identification information “U0801” and the number of users “4” to the reservation information processing apparatus 100.
  • the matrix reservation instruction receiving unit 124 of the reservation information processing apparatus 100 receives these pieces of information transmitted from the information communication terminal 200 as a matrix reservation instruction, and the matrix reservation information accumulating unit 125 receives these information, a clock (not shown), etc.
  • the matrix reservation information having the current time acquired from the above is added to the matrix reservation information storage unit 121.
  • FIG. 28 shows queue reservation information management information for managing queue reservation information stored in the queue reservation information storage unit 121.
  • the queue reservation information management information includes items of “user ID”, “number of users”, “accumulation time”, and “table ID”.
  • “User ID” is user identification information input from the queue reservation screen.
  • “Number of users” is the number of users input from the queue reservation screen.
  • “Accumulation time” is the time when the matrix reservation information is accumulated.
  • accumulation time if the information in which the order in which the matrix reservation information is accumulated can be determined, the time when the matrix reservation instruction is received, the accumulation order, etc. are indicated instead of “accumulation time”. Information may be used.
  • “Table ID” is usage location information input from the matrix reservation screen, and is a table number here. Note that a blank “table ID”, that is, a null value, indicates that there is no specification of a table to be used at the time of matrix reservation.
  • the present embodiment it is possible to determine whether or not a new reservation can be made using the availability information acquired using the reservation information and the current status information. It is possible to appropriately make a reservation in consideration of both the store visit situation of the user.
  • each process may be realized by centralized processing by a single device (system), or by distributed processing by a plurality of devices. May be.
  • two or more communication means existing in one device may be physically realized by one medium. It goes without saying that it is good.
  • the information processing apparatus may be a stand-alone apparatus or a server apparatus in a server / client system.
  • the output unit or the reception unit receives an input or outputs a screen via a communication line.
  • the reservation information processing apparatus may be a stand-alone apparatus or a server apparatus in a server / client system.
  • the output unit or the reception unit receives input or outputs a screen via a communication line.
  • each component may be configured by dedicated hardware, or a component that can be realized by software may be realized by executing a program.
  • each component can be realized by a program execution unit such as a CPU reading and executing a software program recorded on a recording medium such as a hard disk or a semiconductor memory.
  • the program execution unit may execute the program while accessing a storage unit (for example, a recording medium such as a hard disk or a memory).
  • this program includes a usage information storage unit that stores usage information that is information related to the use of restaurants by one or more users, and a promotion information storage unit that stores promotion information that is information that encourages the use of restaurants.
  • a contact information storage unit in which one or more contact information that is information indicating a contact corresponding to the user is stored, and a computer accessible to the usage information is received and stored in the usage information storage unit
  • An information reception unit a promotion information acquisition unit that acquires promotion information corresponding to the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit from the promotion information storage unit, and the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit stores contact information To function as a transmission unit that transmits to a contact indicated by one or more contact information stored in the unit Is a program.
  • the software that realizes the reservation information processing apparatus in the second embodiment is the following program.
  • this program is information indicating usage location storage that stores usage location information, which is information relating to one or more usage locations that are available to the user in the restaurant, and information about the user's reservation in the restaurant.
  • a reservation information storage unit for storing reservation information, which is information having usage location information relating to usage locations reserved by the user, and usage location information relating to usage locations used by users visiting restaurants.
  • Use location information storing usage status information that is information, and accepting usage location information on usage locations used by users visiting restaurants, using usage status information, and having usage location information
  • a usage status reception unit that accumulates usage status information in the usage status storage unit, and a reservation information that is information for inquiring whether a user can make a reservation for a restaurant.
  • Reservation can be made using the reservation inquiry information reception unit that receives information, the usage location information stored in the usage location storage, the usage location information included in the reservation information, and the usage location information included in the usage status information
  • a space availability information acquisition unit that acquires space availability information that is information indicating the status of various usage points, a reservation determination unit that determines whether or not a reservation indicated by the reservation inquiry information is available, and a reservation determination unit
  • An output unit that performs output according to the determination result, a reservation instruction reception unit that receives a reservation instruction that is an instruction to accumulate reservation information when the reservation determination unit determines that a reservation is possible, and a response that corresponds to the reservation instruction
  • This is a program for functioning as a reservation information storage unit that stores reservation information in a reservation information storage unit.
  • the functions realized by the program do not include functions that can only be realized by hardware.
  • a function that can be realized only by hardware such as a modem or an interface card in an acquisition unit that acquires information or an output unit that outputs information is not included in the function realized by the program.
  • the computer that executes this program may be singular or plural. That is, centralized processing may be performed, or distributed processing may be performed.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the external appearance of a computer that executes the program and realizes the information processing apparatus according to the first embodiment and the reservation information processing apparatus according to the second embodiment.
  • the above-described embodiment can be realized by computer hardware and a computer program executed on the computer hardware.
  • a computer system 900 includes a computer 901 including a CD-ROM (Compact Disk Only Memory) drive 905, an FD (Floppy (registered trademark) Disk) drive 906, a keyboard 902, a mouse 903, a monitor 904, and the like. Is provided.
  • a computer 901 including a CD-ROM (Compact Disk Only Memory) drive 905, an FD (Floppy (registered trademark) Disk) drive 906, a keyboard 902, a mouse 903, a monitor 904, and the like.
  • FIG. 30 is a diagram showing an internal configuration of the computer system 900.
  • a computer 901 in addition to the CD-ROM drive 905 and the FD drive 906, a computer 901 is connected to an MPU (Micro Processing Unit) 911, a ROM 912 for storing a program such as a bootup program, and the MPU 911.
  • MPU Micro Processing Unit
  • ROM Read Only Memory
  • a RAM Random Access Memory
  • a bus 915 that temporarily stores program instructions and a temporary storage space
  • the computer 901 may include a network card (not shown) that provides connection to the LAN.
  • a program for causing the computer system 900 to execute functions of the information processing apparatus according to the first embodiment and the reservation information processing apparatus according to the second embodiment is stored in the CD-ROM 921 or the FD 922, and the CD-ROM drive 905 Or may be inserted into the FD drive 906 and transferred to the hard disk 914. Instead, the program may be transmitted to the computer 901 via a network (not shown) and stored in the hard disk 914. The program is loaded into the RAM 913 when executed. The program may be loaded directly from the CD-ROM 921, the FD 922, or the network.
  • the program does not necessarily include an operating system (OS) or a third-party program that causes the computer 901 to execute the functions of the reservation information processing apparatus according to the first embodiment and the reservation information processing apparatus according to the second embodiment. May be.
  • the program may include only a part of an instruction that calls an appropriate function (module) in a controlled manner and obtains a desired result. How the computer system 900 operates is well known and will not be described in detail.
  • the information processing device is suitable as a device that transmits information for promotion, and is particularly useful as a device that transmits information for promotion about restaurants. .
  • the reservation information processing apparatus is suitable as an apparatus for managing reservations, and is particularly useful as an apparatus for managing reservations at restaurants.

Abstract

[Problem] To provide an information processing device for appropriately providing, to a user, promotion information that encourages a visit to a location of a restaurant. [Solution] In the present invention, the following are provided: a use information storage section (11) in which use information, which is information related to use of a restaurant by at least one user, is stored; a use information reception section (12) for receiving use information and accumulating the same in the use information storage section (11); a promotion information storage section (13) in which promotion information, that is information encouraging use of a restaurant, is stored; a promotion information acquisition section (14) for acquiring, from the promotion information storage section (13), promotion information that is in accordance with the use information stored in the use information storage section (11); a contact address information storage section (15) in which is stored at least one item of contact address information that is information indicating a contact address corresponding to a user; and a transmission section (16) for transmitting promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition section (14) to a contact address indicating at least one item of contact address information that is stored in the contact address information storage section (15).

Description

[規則37.2に基づきISAが決定した発明の名称] 情報処理装置[Name of invention determined by ISA based on Rule 37.2] Information processing device
 本発明は、飲食店についてのプロモーションのための情報をユーザに送信する装置等に関するものである。また。本発明は、飲食店における予約の管理等を行う装置等に関するものである。 The present invention relates to an apparatus for transmitting information for promotion about a restaurant to a user. Also. The present invention relates to an apparatus for managing reservations at restaurants and the like.
 従来の技術として、携帯端末とサーバとがネットワークを介して接続された電子クーポン発行システムであって、前記携帯端末は、電子クーポンを受ける旨のメッセージと、前記サーバを特定する特定情報が書き込まれた電子メールを受けとり、前記特定情報を用いて前記サーバにアクセスし、前記サーバは、前記携帯端末に対して電子クーポンを送る電子クーポン発行システムが知られていた。(例えば、特許文献1参照)。 As a conventional technique, an electronic coupon issuing system in which a mobile terminal and a server are connected via a network, the mobile terminal is written with a message to receive an electronic coupon and specific information for specifying the server There has been known an electronic coupon issuing system that receives an electronic mail, accesses the server using the specific information, and sends an electronic coupon to the mobile terminal. (For example, refer to Patent Document 1).
 また、従来の技術として、多数の飲食店及び顧客のために予約、受注、発注を行う情報システムを用いた飲食店予約・管理システムであって、前記情報システムに接続された前記飲食店を統括する飲食店サービスサイトは、前記顧客からの前記情報システムによる予約検索及びそれに対する応答で予約受注し、前記予約受注の内容に基づいて前記予約された飲食店に発注する業務を実施するものが知られていた。(例えば、特許文献2参照)。 In addition, as a conventional technique, a restaurant reservation / management system using an information system for making reservations, receiving orders, and placing orders for a large number of restaurants and customers, which supervises the restaurants connected to the information system. The restaurant service site that performs reservation work by the reservation search by the information system from the customer and the response to the customer, and performs the business of placing an order to the reserved restaurant based on the contents of the reservation order is known. It was done. (For example, refer to Patent Document 2).
特開2002-117310号公報(第1頁、第1図等)JP 2002-117310 A (first page, FIG. 1 etc.) 特開2001-350997号公報(第1頁、第1図等)JP 2001-350997 A (first page, FIG. 1 etc.)
 しかしながら、従来においては、ユーザに対して、飲食店の店舗への来店を促すためのプロモーションの情報を適切に提供することができないという課題があった。 However, in the past, there has been a problem that it is not possible to appropriately provide promotion information for prompting the user to visit a restaurant.
 また、従来の技術においては、飲食店における予約を適切に処理することができない、という課題があった。 In addition, the conventional technology has a problem that reservations at restaurants cannot be properly processed.
 例えば、従来においては、ユーザが希望する座席を予約しようとする際に、その座席が現在来店中のユーザにより利用されているか否かを、店員等が容易に確認することができないため、現在ユーザが利用している座席に対して、現在の直後の時間帯の予約を設定してしまうことがある等の問題があった。 For example, in the past, when a user tries to reserve a desired seat, a store clerk or the like cannot easily check whether the seat is currently being used by a user who is currently in the store. There is a problem that a reservation for the time zone immediately after the current time may be set for the seat used by the.
 本発明の情報処理装置は、1以上のユーザによる飲食店の利用に関する情報である利用情報が格納される利用情報格納部と、利用情報を受け付け、利用情報格納部に蓄積する利用情報受付部と、飲食店の利用を促す情報であるプロモーション情報が格納されるプロモーション情報格納部と、利用情報格納部に格納されている利用情報に応じたプロモーション情報を前記プロモーション情報格納部から取得するプロモーション情報取得部と、ユーザに対応した連絡先を示す情報である1以上の連絡先情報が格納される連絡先情報格納部と、プロモーション情報取得部が取得したプロモーション情報を、連絡先情報格納部に格納されている1以上の連絡先情報が示す連絡先に送信する送信部とを備えた情報処理装置である。 An information processing apparatus according to the present invention includes a usage information storage unit that stores usage information that is information related to the use of a restaurant by one or more users, a usage information reception unit that receives the usage information and accumulates the usage information in the usage information storage unit. Promotion information storage for storing promotion information, which is information prompting the use of a restaurant, and promotion information acquisition for acquiring promotion information corresponding to the usage information stored in the usage information storage from the promotion information storage The contact information storage unit storing one or more contact information that is information indicating a contact corresponding to the user, and the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit are stored in the contact information storage unit. It is an information processing apparatus provided with the transmission part which transmits to the contact shown by one or more contact information.
 かかる構成により、ユーザに対して、飲食店の店舗への来店を促すためのプロモーションの情報を適切に提供することができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to appropriately provide promotion information for prompting the user to visit the restaurant.
 また、本発明の情報処理装置は、前記情報処理装置において、プロモーション情報格納部には、利用情報に関する条件を示す情報である条件情報と、プロモーション情報と、を有する情報であるプロモーション管理情報が格納され、プロモーション情報取得部は、利用情報格納部に格納された利用情報が、プロモーション情報格納部に格納されている1以上の条件情報を満たす場合に、条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を、プロモーション管理情報から取得する情報処理装置である。 Further, in the information processing apparatus of the present invention, in the information processing apparatus, the promotion information storage unit stores condition management information, which is information indicating conditions relating to usage information, and promotion management information, which is information including promotion information. The promotion information acquisition unit, when the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit satisfies one or more condition information stored in the promotion information storage unit, the promotion information associated with the condition information, It is an information processing apparatus acquired from promotion management information.
 かかる構成により、利用情報が満たす条件に応じた適切なプロモーション情報を提供することができる。 With such a configuration, it is possible to provide appropriate promotion information according to the conditions satisfied by the usage information.
 また、本発明の情報処理装置は、前記情報処理装置において、利用情報格納部には、ユーザによる現在の飲食店の利用状況を示す情報である現在状況情報を含む利用情報が格納され、プロモーション情報格納部には、現在状況情報に関する条件を含む条件情報が格納され、プロモーション情報取得部は、利用情報格納部に格納された現在状況情報を含む利用情報が、プロモーション情報格納部に格納されている現在状況情報に関する条件を含む1以上の条件情報を満たす場合に、条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を取得する情報処理装置である。 In the information processing apparatus of the present invention, in the information processing apparatus, the usage information storage unit stores usage information including current status information that is information indicating a current usage status of the restaurant by the user, and promotion information. The storage unit stores condition information including conditions relating to the current status information, and the promotion information acquisition unit stores usage information including the current status information stored in the usage information storage unit in the promotion information storage unit. This is an information processing apparatus that acquires promotion information associated with condition information when one or more condition information including a condition related to current status information is satisfied.
 かかる構成により、飲食店の現在の利用状況に応じた適切なプロモーション情報を提供することができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to provide appropriate promotion information according to the current usage status of restaurants.
 また、本発明の情報処理装置は、前記情報処理装置において、利用情報格納部には、ユーザが注文した飲食物を示す情報である注文履歴情報を含む利用情報が格納され、プロモーション情報格納部には、注文履歴情報に関する条件を含む条件情報が格納されており、プロモーション情報取得部は、利用情報格納部に格納された注文履歴情報を含む利用情報が、プロモーション情報格納部に格納されている注文履歴情報に関する条件を含む1以上の条件情報を満たす場合に、条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を取得する情報処理装置である。 In the information processing apparatus according to the present invention, in the information processing apparatus, the usage information storage unit stores usage information including order history information that is information indicating food and drink ordered by the user, and the promotion information storage unit stores the usage information. Is stored with condition information including conditions related to order history information, and the promotion information acquisition unit is configured to receive orders including usage information including order history information stored in the usage information storage unit in the promotion information storage unit. This is an information processing apparatus that acquires promotion information associated with condition information when one or more condition information including a condition related to history information is satisfied.
 かかる構成により、ユーザの過去の注文履歴に応じた適切なプロモーション情報を提供することができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to provide appropriate promotion information according to the user's past order history.
 また、本発明の情報処理装置は、前記情報処理装置において、利用情報格納部には、ユーザが来店した時間帯を示す情報である来店時間帯を含む利用情報が格納され、プロモーション情報取得部は、利用情報に含まれる来店時間帯を用いて、ユーザが来店する頻度の低い時間帯であるアイドルタイムを検出し、アイドルタイムの前に、プロモーション情報を取得し、送信部は、アイドルタイムの前にプロモーション情報を送信する情報処理装置である。 In the information processing apparatus of the present invention, in the information processing apparatus, the usage information storage unit stores usage information including a visiting time zone, which is information indicating a time zone in which the user has visited the store, and the promotion information acquiring unit includes: , Using the store visit time zone included in the usage information to detect idle time, which is a time zone in which the user does not visit the store frequently, to obtain promotion information before the idle time, Is an information processing device that transmits promotional information to
 かかる構成により、利用頻度の低い時間帯の前にタイミング良くプロモーション情報を提供することができる。 With such a configuration, it is possible to provide promotional information in a timely manner before a less frequently used time zone.
 また、本発明の情報処理装置は、前記情報処理装置において、プロモーション情報は、飲食店で提供される飲食物の料金の割引に関する情報である割引情報またはユーザに提供される特典を示す特典情報である情報処理装置である。 In the information processing apparatus according to the present invention, in the information processing apparatus, the promotion information is discount information that is information related to a discount on a price of food or drink provided at a restaurant or privilege information that indicates a privilege provided to a user. An information processing apparatus.
 かかる構成により、料金の割引や特典をつけることにより、効果的なプロモーションが可能となる。 Such a configuration enables effective promotion by providing discounts and benefits.
 また、本発明の情報処理装置は、前記情報処理装置において、利用情報格納部には、利用情報が、ユーザの識別情報であるユーザ識別情報と対応付けて格納され、利用情報受付部は、利用情報とユーザ識別情報とを受け付け、受け付けた利用情報とユーザ識別情報とを対応付けて利用情報格納部に蓄積し、プロモーション情報取得部は、ユーザ識別情報毎に、ユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報が、プロモーション情報格納部に格納されている1以上の条件情報を満たすか否かを判断し、満たす場合に、条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を取得し、連絡先情報格納部には、連絡先情報が、ユーザ識別情報と対応付けられて格納されており、送信部は、プロモーション情報取得部が取得したプロモーション情報を、プロモーション情報に対応するユーザ識別情報に対応付けられた連絡先情報が示す連絡先に送信する情報処理装置である。 In the information processing apparatus according to the present invention, in the information processing apparatus, the usage information storage unit stores usage information in association with user identification information that is user identification information. Information and user identification information are received, the received usage information and user identification information are associated with each other and stored in the usage information storage unit, and the promotion information acquisition unit is associated with the user identification information for each user identification information. It is determined whether or not the usage information satisfies one or more condition information stored in the promotion information storage unit. When the usage information satisfies the condition information, the promotion information associated with the condition information is acquired and stored in the contact information storage unit. The contact information is stored in association with the user identification information, and the transmission unit uses the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit as a promotion. Contact information associated with the user identification information corresponding to the Deployment information is an information processing apparatus to be transmitted to the communication destination indicated by.
 かかる構成により、ユーザ毎に適切なプロモーションを選択的に提供することができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to selectively provide appropriate promotions for each user.
 また、本発明の予約情報処理装置は、飲食店におけるユーザが利用可能な箇所である1以上の利用箇所に関する情報である利用箇所情報が格納される利用箇所格納部と、飲食店におけるユーザの予約を示す情報であって、ユーザが予約した利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有する情報である予約情報が格納される予約情報格納部と、飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有する情報である利用状況情報が格納される利用状況格納部と、飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を受け付け、利用箇所情報を有する利用状況情報を、利用状況格納部に蓄積する利用状況受付部と、飲食店に対するユーザの予約の可否を照会する情報である予約照会情報を受け付ける予約照会情報受付部と、利用箇所格納部に格納されている利用箇所情報と、予約情報に含まれる利用箇所情報と、利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報とを用いて、予約可能な利用箇所についての状況を示す情報である空き状況情報を取得する空き状況情報取得部と、空き状況情報を用いて、予約照会情報が示す予約の可否を判断する予約判断部と、予約判断部の判断結果に応じた出力を行う出力部と、予約判断部が予約可能であると判断した場合に、予約情報を蓄積する指示である予約指示を受け付ける予約指示受付部と、予約指示に応じた予約情報を予約情報格納部に蓄積する予約情報蓄積部とを備えた予約情報処理装置である。 In addition, the reservation information processing apparatus of the present invention includes a usage location storage unit that stores usage location information that is information relating to one or more usage locations that are available to a user at a restaurant, and a user reservation at a restaurant. A reservation information storage unit for storing reservation information, which is information having use point information related to a use point reserved by the user, and a use point used by a user visiting the restaurant Usage status storage unit that stores usage status information, which is information including usage location information, and usage status information related to usage locations used by users visiting restaurants, and usage status information Reservation for accepting reservation inquiry information, which is information for inquiring whether or not a user can make a reservation for a restaurant, and a usage status reception unit that accumulates information in the usage status storage unit About the usage locations that can be reserved using the usage location information stored in the meeting information reception unit, the usage location storage, the usage location information included in the reservation information, and the usage location information included in the usage status information The availability information acquisition unit that acquires the availability information that is information indicating the status of the reservation, the reservation determination unit that determines whether the reservation is indicated by the reservation inquiry information using the availability information, and the determination result of the reservation determination unit A reservation instruction receiving unit that receives a reservation instruction that is an instruction to accumulate reservation information when the reservation determination unit determines that reservation is possible, and reserves reservation information according to the reservation instruction The reservation information processing apparatus includes a reservation information storage unit that stores information in the information storage unit.
 かかる構成により、予約情報と現在状況情報とを用いて取得した空き状況情報を用いて、新たな予約の可否を判断することができるため、飲食店における予約を適切に行うことが可能となる。 With such a configuration, it is possible to determine whether or not a new reservation can be made using the availability information acquired using the reservation information and the current status information, so that it is possible to appropriately make a reservation at a restaurant.
 また、本発明の予約情報処理装置は、前記予約情報処理装置において、利用箇所情報は、利用箇所の識別情報とした予約情報処理装置である。 Also, the reservation information processing apparatus of the present invention is a reservation information processing apparatus in which the usage location information is identification information of the usage location.
 かかる構成により、個々の利用箇所を考慮して予約を適切に行うことが可能となる。 Such a configuration makes it possible to make an appropriate reservation in consideration of individual usage points.
 また、本発明の予約情報処理装置は、前記予約情報処理装置において、飲食店における利用箇所の空きを待つユーザのユーザ識別情報を有する情報である行列予約情報が格納される行列予約情報格納部と、予約指示を受け付ける画面である予約画面の情報が格納される予約画面格納部と、行列予約情報を蓄積する指示である行列予約指示を受け付ける画面である行列予約画面の情報が格納される行列予約画面格納部と、を更に備え、出力部は、予約判断部が予約可能と判断した場合に予約画面格納部に格納されている予約画面を出力し、予約判断部が予約可能でないと判断した場合に行列予約画面格納部に格納されている行列予約画面を出力し、予約指示受付部は、予約画面を介して、予約指示を受け付け、行列予約画面を介して、行列予約指示を受け付ける行列予約指示受付部と、行列予約指示に応じた行列予約情報を行列予約情報格納部に蓄積する行列予約情報蓄積部とを更に備えた予約情報処理装置である。 Moreover, the reservation information processing apparatus of the present invention includes a matrix reservation information storage unit in which the reservation information processing apparatus stores matrix reservation information, which is information having user identification information of a user who waits for a vacant place in a restaurant. A reservation screen storage for storing information on a reservation screen, which is a screen for receiving a reservation instruction, and a matrix reservation for storing information on a matrix reservation screen, which is a screen for receiving a matrix reservation instruction, which is an instruction for accumulating matrix reservation information A screen storage unit, and the output unit outputs the reservation screen stored in the reservation screen storage unit when the reservation determination unit determines that the reservation is possible, and the reservation determination unit determines that the reservation is not possible The queue reservation screen stored in the queue reservation screen storage unit is output to the queue reservation screen, and the reservation instruction receiving unit receives the reservation instruction via the reservation screen, and the queue reservation screen via the queue reservation screen. A queue reservation instruction receiving unit for receiving an instruction, a further reservation information processing apparatus that includes a queue reservation information storage section for storing a queue reservation information corresponding to the queue reservation instruction to the queue reservation information storage unit.
 かかる構成により、予約ができない際に、ユーザに行列予約を促すことができ、ユーザが他の飲食店を予約してしまうことを防ぐことができる。 With such a configuration, when reservation cannot be made, the user can be prompted to make a reservation, and the user can be prevented from reserving another restaurant.
 本発明による情報処理装置等によれば、ユーザに対して、飲食店の店舗への来店を促すためのプロモーションの情報を適切に提供することができる。 According to the information processing apparatus or the like according to the present invention, it is possible to appropriately provide promotion information for prompting a user to visit a restaurant.
 また、本発明による予約情報処理装置等によれば、飲食店における予約を適切に処理することができる。 Moreover, according to the reservation information processing apparatus and the like according to the present invention, reservations at restaurants can be appropriately processed.
本発明の実施の形態1における情報処理装置のブロック図Block diagram of the information processing apparatus in Embodiment 1 of the present invention 同情報処理装置の動作について説明するフローチャートFlow chart for explaining the operation of the information processing apparatus 同情報処理装置を有する情報処理システムの概念図Conceptual diagram of an information processing system having the information processing apparatus 同情報処理装置の利用管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the usage management information of the same information processing apparatus 同情報処理装置の注文履歴管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the order history management information of the information processing apparatus 同情報処理装置のプロモーション管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the promotion management information of the information processing apparatus 同情報処理装置の連絡先管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the contact management information of the information processing apparatus 同情報処理装置の閾値管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the threshold value management information of the information processing apparatus 同情報処理装置が出力したプロモーション情報の表示例を示す図The figure which shows the example of a display of the promotion information which the information processing apparatus output 同情報処理装置が出力したプロモーション情報の表示例を示す図The figure which shows the example of a display of the promotion information which the information processing apparatus output 同情報処理装置が出力したプロモーション情報の表示例を示す図The figure which shows the example of a display of the promotion information which the information processing apparatus output 同情報処理装置のテーブル管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the table management information of the information processing apparatus 同情報処理装置が出力したプロモーション情報の表示例を示す図The figure which shows the example of a display of the promotion information which the information processing apparatus output 同情報処理装置が算出した時間帯別のユーザの来店する頻度を示す図The figure which shows the frequency that the user visits according to the time zone which the information processor calculated 本発明の実施の形態2における予約情報処理装置のブロック図Block diagram of a reservation information processing apparatus in Embodiment 2 of the present invention 同予約情報処理装置の動作について説明するフローチャートFlow chart for explaining the operation of the reservation information processing apparatus 同予約情報処理装置を備えた予約システムの概念図を示す図The figure which shows the conceptual diagram of the reservation system provided with the reservation information processing apparatus 同予約情報処理装置の利用状況管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the use status management information of the reservation information processing apparatus 同予約情報処理装置の注文履歴管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the order history management information of the reservation information processing apparatus 同予約情報処理装置の予約管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the reservation management information of the reservation information processing apparatus 同予約情報処理装置の利用箇所管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the use location management information of the reservation information processing apparatus 同予約情報処理装置が出力した画面の表示例を示す図The figure which shows the example of a display of the screen which the reservation information processing apparatus output 同予約情報処理装置の空き状況情報を示す図The figure which shows the availability information of the reservation information processing apparatus 同予約情報処理装置が出力した画面の表示例を示す図The figure which shows the example of a display of the screen which the reservation information processing apparatus output 同予約情報処理装置が出力した画面の表示例を示す図The figure which shows the example of a display of the screen which the reservation information processing apparatus output 同予約情報処理装置の予約情報管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the reservation information management information of the reservation information processing apparatus 同予約情報処理装置が出力した画面の表示例を示す図The figure which shows the example of a display of the screen which the reservation information processing apparatus output 同予約情報処理装置の行列予約情報管理情報を示す図The figure which shows the matrix reservation information management information of the reservation information processing apparatus 本発明の実施の形態1及び2におけるコンピュータシステムの外観の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the external appearance of the computer system in Embodiment 1 and 2 of this invention 同実施の形態1及び2におけるコンピュータシステムの構成の一例を示す図2 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of a computer system in the first and second embodiments
 以下、情報処理装置等の実施形態について図面を参照して説明する。なお、実施の形態において同じ符号を付した構成要素は同様の動作を行うので、再度の説明を省略する場合がある。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the information processing apparatus and the like will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, since the component which attached | subjected the same code | symbol in embodiment performs the same operation | movement, description may be abbreviate | omitted again.
 (実施の形態1)
 図1は、本実施の形態1における情報処理装置1のブロック図である。情報処理装置1は、利用情報格納部11、利用情報受付部12、プロモーション情報格納部13、プロモーション情報取得部14、連絡先情報格納部15、送信部16を備える。
(Embodiment 1)
FIG. 1 is a block diagram of the information processing apparatus 1 according to the first embodiment. The information processing apparatus 1 includes a usage information storage unit 11, a usage information reception unit 12, a promotion information storage unit 13, a promotion information acquisition unit 14, a contact information storage unit 15, and a transmission unit 16.
 利用情報格納部11には、1以上のユーザによる飲食店の利用に関する情報である利用情報が格納される。ユーザとは、飲食店の顧客である。ここでのユーザは、個人であってもグループであっても良い。飲食店とは、例えば、レストランや、喫茶店、居酒屋等の、飲食物を提供する店舗等である。いわゆる電話やインターネット等を介して受け付けた注文に応じて料理を宅配する店舗や、テイクアウトの料理等を提供する店舗も飲食店と考えても良い。 The usage information storage unit 11 stores usage information that is information related to the use of restaurants by one or more users. A user is a customer of a restaurant. The user here may be an individual or a group. A restaurant is a restaurant or the like that provides food and drink such as a restaurant, a coffee shop, and a tavern. A store that delivers food according to an order received via a so-called telephone or the Internet, or a store that provides take-out food may be considered as a restaurant.
 利用情報とは、例えば、飲食店に来店した時刻や、飲食店を退店した時刻や、飲食店に来店した時間帯を示す情報を含む情報である。ここでの時刻や時間帯を示す情報は、日付や曜日等を含む情報であっても良い。来店した時間帯を示す情報は、ここでは、来店時間帯と呼ぶ。例えば、時間帯の開始時刻と終了時刻とを含む情報や、時間帯の開始時刻と時間帯の継続時間とを示す情報とを含む情報を、来店時間帯の情報と考えても良い。ただし、来店時間帯として、来店した時間帯を代表する時刻等を用いても良い。例えば、時間帯の開始時刻や中間の時刻等を来店時間帯としてもよい。 The usage information is, for example, information including information indicating the time when the user visited the restaurant, the time when the restaurant was closed, and the time zone when the restaurant was visited. The information indicating the time and time zone here may be information including date, day of the week, and the like. Here, the information indicating the visiting time zone is referred to as the visiting time zone. For example, information including information indicating the start time and end time of the time slot, and information indicating the start time of the time slot and the duration of the time slot may be considered as information on the visit time slot. However, a time representative of the time zone visited may be used as the store time zone. For example, the start time of the time zone, an intermediate time, or the like may be set as the store visit time zone.
 また、利用情報は、飲食店に来店した際にユーザが利用した、あるいは現在利用している座席、テーブル(卓)、エリアの少なくとも一つを示す情報(例えば、座席識別情報や、テーブル識別情報、個室の識別情報、フロアの識別情報)等を有していてもよい。ここでは、このような飲食店内におけるユーザが利用する箇所を示す情報を、利用箇所情報と呼ぶ。 The usage information is information (for example, seat identification information or table identification information) that indicates at least one of a seat, a table (table), and an area that the user used or currently uses when visiting the restaurant. , Private room identification information, floor identification information) and the like. Here, the information which shows the location which the user in such a restaurant uses is called utilization location information.
 また、利用情報は、ユーザが注文した飲食物を示す情報である注文履歴情報を含んでも良い。注文履歴情報は、ユーザが注文した飲食物を識別する情報である飲食物識別情報を少なくとも含む情報である。飲食物識別情報は、例えば、飲食物名や、飲食物の略称、飲食物の商品コード等である。注文履歴情報は、飲食物識別情報に加えて、更に、注文した数量の情報や、飲食物の料金や、注文した時刻等の情報を有していても良い。また、注文履歴情報は、飲食物識別情報の代わりに、あるいは飲食物識別情報に加えて、飲食物の分類(例えば、前菜、主菜、飲料等)を示す情報等を有していてもよい。 Further, the usage information may include order history information that is information indicating food and drink ordered by the user. The order history information is information including at least food and drink identification information that is information for identifying food and drink ordered by the user. The food / beverage identification information is, for example, a food / beverage name, a food / beverage abbreviation, a food / beverage product code, and the like. The order history information may further include information on the ordered quantity, the price of the food, the time of ordering, and the like in addition to the food identification information. Further, the order history information may include information indicating a classification of food and drink (for example, appetizers, main dishes, and beverages) instead of or in addition to food and drink identification information. .
 また、利用情報は、ユーザが来店した際の、ユーザを含むグループの来店人数を有していても良い。来店人数は、利用人数と考えても良い。 Further, the usage information may include the number of customers in the group including the user when the user visits the store. The number of visitors may be considered as the number of users.
 また、利用情報は、ユーザが飲食店を利用した際の利用金額を有していても良い。 In addition, the usage information may have a usage amount when the user uses the restaurant.
 また、利用情報は、ユーザが飲食店を利用した際の環境の情報を有していても良い。環境の情報とは、例えば、天候の情報や、気温、湿度等の情報である。天候の情報とは、例えば、ユーザの来店時の天気の状態を示す識別情報である。天気の状態を示す識別情報は、例えば、晴れ、雨、くもり、等の状態を示す文字列や、天気の状態に割り当てられたコード等である。また、気温や湿度は、測定値であっても良いし、熱い、寒い、湿度が高い、乾燥している、等の気温や湿度を表す感覚的な文字列であっても良い。 Moreover, the usage information may include information on the environment when the user uses the restaurant. The environmental information is, for example, weather information, information such as temperature and humidity. The weather information is, for example, identification information indicating the weather state when the user visits the store. The identification information indicating the weather state is, for example, a character string indicating a state such as sunny, rainy, cloudy, a code assigned to the weather state, or the like. The temperature and humidity may be measured values, or may be sensory character strings representing the temperature and humidity such as hot, cold, high humidity, and dry.
 また、利用情報は、ユーザが飲食店を利用した用途の情報を有していても良い。用途の情報とは、例えば、新年会、忘年会、誕生会、歓迎会、送別会等を示す情報である。 Also, the usage information may include information on the use of the restaurant by the user. The usage information is information indicating a New Year party, a year-end party, a birthday party, a welcome party, a farewell party, and the like.
 また、利用情報は、ユーザによる現在の飲食店の利用状況を示す情報である現在状況情報を含んでいてもよい。現在状況情報は、例えば、ユーザが現在来店中であることを示す情報や、現在来店中でないことを示す情報を有していても良い。また、現在状況情報は、現在飲食店に来店中のユーザの来店時刻を含んでも良い。また、現在状況情報は、現在来店中のユーザを含むグループの利用人数の情報を有していても良い。また、例えば、上述した利用情報のうちの、現在来店中のユーザについて、今回の来店の際に取得した情報を現在状況情報と考えても良い。例えば、現在状況情報は、現在の天候を示す情報や、現在ユーザが利用している利用箇所を示す利用箇所情報であっても良い。なお、例えば、ユーザが退店したことを示す情報(例えば、退店時刻等)が含まれていない状態の利用情報またはその一部を、利用情報に含まれる現在状況情報と考えても良い。 Also, the usage information may include current status information that is information indicating the current usage status of the restaurant by the user. The current status information may include, for example, information indicating that the user is currently visiting the store or information indicating that the user is not currently visiting the store. Further, the current status information may include the visit time of the user who is currently visiting the restaurant. The current status information may include information on the number of users in the group including the user who is currently visiting the store. In addition, for example, of the above-described usage information, information acquired at the time of the current visit may be considered as the current status information for the user currently visiting the store. For example, the current status information may be information indicating the current weather or usage location information indicating a usage location currently used by the user. Note that, for example, usage information in a state where information indicating that the user has left the store (for example, store closing time) or a part thereof is not included may be considered as current status information included in the usage information.
 利用情報は、通常は、一の飲食店の店舗についての利用に関する情報であるが、例えば、チェーン店や、姉妹店等の複数の店舗の利用に関する情報であってもよい。 The usage information is usually information related to the use of one restaurant, but may be information related to the use of a plurality of stores such as chain stores and sister stores.
 利用情報格納部11には、例えば、一の飲食店を利用したユーザの識別情報であるユーザ識別情報と、当該ユーザによるこの一の飲食店の利用に関する利用情報とが対応付けて格納される。例えば、ユーザ識別情報と利用情報とを有する利用管理情報が、利用情報格納部11に蓄積される。ユーザ識別情報は、例えば、ユーザの氏名や、ユーザに割り当てられたコードや、会員番号、ユーザのメールアドレスや、電話番号、アカウント等である。また、利用情報格納部11には、利用情報が、この利用情報に対応する飲食店の識別情報と対応付けて格納されても良い。飲食店の識別情報は、飲食店名や、飲食店を示すコード等である。また、飲食店の識別情報は、飲食店の電話番号やメールアドレス等であっても良い。 In the usage information storage unit 11, for example, user identification information that is identification information of a user who uses one restaurant and usage information related to the use of the one restaurant by the user are stored in association with each other. For example, usage management information having user identification information and usage information is accumulated in the usage information storage unit 11. The user identification information is, for example, a user name, a code assigned to the user, a membership number, a user email address, a telephone number, an account, or the like. The usage information storage unit 11 may store usage information in association with restaurant identification information corresponding to the usage information. The restaurant identification information includes a restaurant name, a code indicating the restaurant, and the like. In addition, the restaurant identification information may be a phone number or an email address of the restaurant.
 利用情報は、通常、ユーザによる飲食店の一回の利用毎に1つ作成される情報である。ただし、一回の利用とは、例えば、一回の来店や出前の注文等である。一回の利用毎に、複数の利用情報が作成されても良い。 The usage information is usually information that is created once for each use of the restaurant by the user. However, the one-time use is, for example, one-time visit or order before delivery. A plurality of pieces of usage information may be created for each use.
 利用情報格納部11は、不揮発性の記録媒体が好適であるが、揮発性の記録媒体でも実現可能である。なお、かかることは以下の格納部についても同様である。 The use information storage unit 11 is preferably a non-volatile recording medium, but can also be realized by a volatile recording medium. This also applies to the following storage units.
 利用情報受付部12は、利用情報を受け付ける。そして、利用情報受付部12は、受け付けた利用情報を利用情報格納部11に蓄積する。利用情報受付部12は、例えば、飲食店の店員や管理者、あるいはユーザ自身等が図示しない入力デバイスや図示しない入力端末等を入力した利用情報を受け付ける。例えば、利用情報受付部12は、店員や管理者が入力する座席やテーブル等の識別情報である利用箇所情報を受け付ける。また、例えば、ユーザが飲食物の注文を行う端末(図示せず)等に入力した飲食物識別情報を、利用情報受付部12が注文履歴情報として受け付ける。 The usage information receiving unit 12 receives usage information. Then, the usage information receiving unit 12 accumulates the received usage information in the usage information storage unit 11. For example, the usage information reception unit 12 receives usage information that is input from an input device (not shown), an input terminal (not shown), or the like by a restaurant clerk or administrator of the restaurant, or the user. For example, the usage information receiving unit 12 receives usage location information that is identification information such as a seat or a table input by a store clerk or an administrator. In addition, for example, the use information receiving unit 12 receives, as order history information, food and drink identification information input to a terminal (not shown) or the like where a user orders food and drink.
 また、利用情報受付部12は、情報処理装置1が有する図示しない他の処理部等が取得した利用情報またはその一部を受け付けても良い。例えば、利用情報受付部12が、ユーザが利用するテーブルの識別情報を受け付けた場合に、情報処理装置1が有する図示しない時計等が送信する取得する現在の時刻の情報を、入店時刻情報として受け付けても良い。また、例えば、ネットワーク等を介して図示しない他の装置等から送信される利用情報またはその一部を受信してもよく、このような受信もここでは受け付けと考えてよい。例えば、利用情報受付部12が、入店時刻情報を受け付けた場合に、図示しないネットワーク等を介して、図示しない天候の情報を提供する図示しないWEBサーバ装置等に、現在の飲食店の天候の情報の送信を要求するクエリ等の情報を送信する。そして、利用情報受付部12が、この情報の送信に応じてWEBサーバ装置等から送信された天候の情報を受信してもよい。 Further, the usage information receiving unit 12 may receive usage information acquired by another processing unit (not shown) included in the information processing apparatus 1 or a part thereof. For example, when the usage information receiving unit 12 receives the identification information of the table used by the user, information on the current time acquired by a clock (not shown) included in the information processing apparatus 1 is used as the entrance time information. It may be accepted. Further, for example, usage information transmitted from another device (not shown) or the like via a network or the like may be received, and such reception may be considered as reception here. For example, when the usage information receiving unit 12 receives the store entry time information, the weather information of the current restaurant is provided to a WEB server device (not shown) that provides weather information (not shown) via a network (not shown). Information such as a query requesting transmission of information is transmitted. And the utilization information reception part 12 may receive the information of the weather transmitted from the WEB server apparatus etc. according to transmission of this information.
 利用情報受付部12は、利用情報を一度に受け付けて、利用情報格納部11に蓄積する必要はなく、例えば、利用情報の一部を受け付けるごとに、順次利用情報格納部11に蓄積していくようにして良い。ここでの蓄積は、例えば、追記である。 The usage information receiving unit 12 does not need to receive the usage information at a time and store the usage information in the usage information storage unit 11. For example, the usage information reception unit 12 sequentially stores the usage information in the usage information storage unit 11 every time a part of the usage information is received. You can do it. The accumulation here is, for example, additional writing.
 また、利用情報受付部12は、利用情報とユーザ識別情報とを受け付け、受け付けた利用情報とユーザ識別情報とを対応付けて利用情報格納部11に蓄積するようにしてもよい。例えば、利用情報受付部12は、受け付けた利用情報とユーザ識別情報とを有する利用管理情報を、利用情報格納部11に蓄積する。 Further, the usage information receiving unit 12 may receive the usage information and the user identification information, and store the received usage information and the user identification information in the usage information storage unit 11 in association with each other. For example, the usage information receiving unit 12 accumulates usage management information including the received usage information and user identification information in the usage information storage unit 11.
 ここでの、受け付けとは、キーボードやマウス、タッチパネルなどの入力デバイスから入力された情報の受け付け、有線もしくは無線の通信回線を介して送信された情報の受信、光ディスクや磁気ディスク、半導体メモリなどの記録媒体から読み出された情報の受け付けなどを含む概念である。 Here, reception means reception of information input from an input device such as a keyboard, mouse, touch panel, reception of information transmitted via a wired or wireless communication line, optical disk, magnetic disk, semiconductor memory, etc. It is a concept including reception of information read from a recording medium.
 入力手段は、テンキーやキーボードやマウスやメニュー画面によるもの等、何でも良い。利用情報受付部12は、テンキーやキーボード等の入力手段のデバイスドライバーや、メニュー画面の制御ソフトウェア等で実現され得る。 The input means may be anything such as a numeric keypad, keyboard, mouse or menu screen. The usage information receiving unit 12 can be realized by a device driver of input means such as a numeric keypad or a keyboard, control software for a menu screen, and the like.
 プロモーション情報格納部13には、1または2以上のプロモーション情報が格納される。プロモーション情報格納部13には、例えば、1または2以上のプロモーション管理情報が格納される。プロモーション管理情報は、1または2以上の条件情報と、1または2以上のプロモーション情報と、を有する情報である。 The promotion information storage unit 13 stores one or more promotion information. The promotion information storage unit 13 stores, for example, one or more promotion management information. The promotion management information is information having one or more condition information and one or more promotion information.
 プロモーション情報とは、ユーザに対して飲食店の利用や、飲食店への来店を促進するための情報である。プロモーション情報は、例えば、割引情報である。割引情報とは、飲食店で提供される飲食物の料金の割引に関する情報である。例えば、割引情報は、特定の飲食物の割引料金や割引率、値引きする金額を示す情報であってもよいし、ユーザが飲食した飲食物の料金に対する割引率や値引きする金額を示す情報でも良い。割引情報は、利用可能な時間帯を指定する情報を有していても良い。ここでの時間帯を指定する情報は、例えば、日付や曜日等を指定する情報も含む概念である。また、割引情報は、いわゆるクーポンやクーポンコード等も含む概念である。 Promotion information is information for promoting the use of restaurants and visits to restaurants to users. Promotion information is discount information, for example. Discount information is information relating to discounts on food and drink prices provided at restaurants. For example, the discount information may be information indicating a discount rate or discount rate of a specific food or drink, or an amount to be discounted, or may be information indicating a discount rate or a price to be discounted for a food or drink that the user has eaten or eaten. . The discount information may include information that specifies an available time zone. The information specifying the time zone here is a concept including information specifying a date, a day of the week, etc., for example. Discount information is a concept including so-called coupons and coupon codes.
 また、プロモーション情報は、例えば、特典情報であっても良い。特典情報とは、ユーザに提供される特典を示す情報である。提供される特典とは、物品であってもサービスであっても良い。提供される特典とは、例えば、無料の飲食物や、おまけである。また、提供される特典は、金券等であっても良い。 Further, the promotion information may be privilege information, for example. The privilege information is information indicating a privilege provided to the user. The provided privilege may be an article or a service. Benefits provided are, for example, free food and drinks and bonuses. Further, the privilege to be provided may be a cash voucher or the like.
 プロモーション情報は、例えば、テキスト情報、画像情報、また、これらの情報の組合せで構成される。ただし、プロモーション情報のデータ構造等は問わない。 Promotion information is composed of, for example, text information, image information, and a combination of these information. However, the data structure of promotion information does not matter.
 一のプロモーション管理情報に条件情報と対応付けて格納されているプロモーション情報は、例えば、条件情報を満たす場合に、ユーザに対して送信することが好ましいプロモーション情報である。 The promotion information stored in one promotion management information in association with the condition information is, for example, promotion information that is preferably transmitted to the user when the condition information is satisfied.
 条件情報は、利用情報に関する条件を示す情報である。条件情報は、例えば、利用情報を構成する1または2以上の情報のそれぞれに対する1または2以上の条件を1または2以上含んでいても良い。条件情報は、例えば、上述した利用情報に含まれる1以上の情報と一致する情報を指定する情報や、利用情報に含まれる情報の閾値や値の範囲等を設定する情報等である。また、条件情報は、これらの情報の1以上の組合せでもよい。また、条件情報には、利用情報に含まれる情報に対して、予め指定された統計処理や演算処理等を行って得られた値についての条件を含んでいても良い。予め指定された統計処理とは、例えば、合計を算出する処理や、比率を算出する処理等である。 The condition information is information indicating a condition regarding usage information. The condition information may include, for example, one or two or more conditions for one or two or more pieces of information constituting the usage information. The condition information is, for example, information that specifies information that matches one or more pieces of information included in the above-described usage information, information that sets a threshold value or value range of the information included in the usage information, and the like. In addition, the condition information may be a combination of one or more of these pieces of information. In addition, the condition information may include a condition regarding a value obtained by performing statistical processing, arithmetic processing, or the like designated in advance on information included in the usage information. The statistical processing designated in advance is, for example, processing for calculating the total, processing for calculating the ratio, or the like.
 条件情報は、例えば、飲食店の営業時間内における予め指定された時間帯におけるユーザの利用数の総計や、上記の1以上の利用情報の数に対する比率等が、予め指定された値以下であるという条件を示すものである。この利用数の総計や比率等は、例えば、利用情報格納部11に格納されている1以上の利用情報が示す来店時間帯を用いて算出される。この条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報は、例えば、上記の予め指定された時間帯においてのみ有効なプロモーション情報であることが好ましい。 In the condition information, for example, the total number of users used in a pre-designated time zone within the business hours of the restaurant, the ratio to the number of the one or more pieces of usage information, and the like are less than a pre-designated value This indicates the condition. The total number of usages, the ratio, and the like are calculated using, for example, a store visit time zone indicated by one or more pieces of usage information stored in the usage information storage unit 11. It is preferable that the promotion information associated with the condition information is, for example, promotion information that is valid only in the previously specified time zone.
 また、条件情報は、利用情報格納部11に格納されている1以上の利用情報を、利用情報に含まれる天候の情報毎に集計した場合の最も集計数の少ない天候の情報が、予め指定されたWEBサイト等から取得される現在の天候あるいは現在以降に予測される天候と一致するという条件を示すものであってもよい。ここでの天候の情報とは、例えば天気の状態を示す識別情報である。 In addition, the condition information is designated in advance as weather information with the least number of totals when one or more pieces of usage information stored in the usage information storage unit 11 are totaled for each weather information included in the usage information. It may indicate a condition that it matches the current weather acquired from the WEB site or the like or the weather predicted after the present. The weather information here is, for example, identification information indicating the weather state.
 また、例えば、プロモーション情報格納部13には、一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた一または二以上の利用情報に関する条件を含む条件情報が格納されていても良い。このような条件情報には、ユーザ識別情報ごとの利用情報に関する条件を示す条件情報であることを示す情報が付与されていても良い。このように付与される情報は、例えばフラグ等の情報である。あるいは、このような条件情報については、条件情報の中に、一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報に関する条件であることを示す情報(例えば、文字列等)が含まれているようにしても良い。 In addition, for example, the promotion information storage unit 13 may store condition information including conditions regarding one or more usage information associated with one user identification information. Such condition information may be provided with information indicating that it is condition information indicating a condition regarding usage information for each user identification information. The information given in this way is information such as a flag. Alternatively, for such condition information, the condition information includes information (for example, a character string or the like) indicating that the condition is related to usage information associated with one user identification information. May be.
 一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた条件情報とは、例えば、一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた一または二以上の利用情報の中に、予め指定された時間帯の時刻を含む来店時間帯を含む利用情報が、予め指定された数以上あるいは比率以上含まれるという条件を示す条件情報である。この場合、予め指定された時間帯を、飲食店への来客が少ない時間帯とすることで、この時間帯に以前に来たことのあるユーザの来客を促すことができる。この場合、更に、条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を、この予め指定された時間帯にのみ有効な(利用可能な)プロモーション情報とすることで、より、集客効果を高めることが期待できる。 The condition information associated with one user identification information is, for example, a store visit time that includes a time in a time zone designated in advance in one or more usage information associated with one user identification information. This is condition information indicating a condition that usage information including a band is included in a number or a ratio specified in advance. In this case, by setting the time zone designated in advance as a time zone in which the number of visitors to the restaurant is small, it is possible to encourage the visitors of users who have come before this time zone. In this case, it is further expected that the promotion information associated with the condition information is the promotion information that is valid (usable) only during this pre-designated time period, thereby further enhancing the effect of attracting customers.
 また、一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた条件情報とは、例えば、一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた一または二以上の利用情報の中に、飲食店内のテーブルのうちの現在空いているテーブルの利用可能人数と一致する人数に対応した利用人数の情報を有する利用情報が、予め指定された数以上、あるいは予め指定された比率以上含まれる、という条件を示す条件情報である。この予め指定された数は、例えば1以上である。この場合、予め指定された時間帯を、飲食店への来客が少ない時間帯とすることで、この時間帯に以前に来たことのあるユーザの来客を促すことができる。この場合、更に、条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を、この予め指定された時間帯にのみ有効な(利用可能な)プロモーション情報とすることで、より、集客効果を高めることが期待できる。 In addition, the condition information associated with one user identification information is, for example, one or two or more pieces of usage information associated with one user identification information that are currently available in a table in a restaurant. This is condition information indicating a condition that usage information having information on the number of users corresponding to the number of users that matches the number of users available in the table is included in a predetermined number or more, or in a ratio specified in advance. This predesignated number is, for example, 1 or more. In this case, by setting the time zone designated in advance as a time zone in which the number of visitors to the restaurant is small, it is possible to encourage the visitors of users who have come before this time zone. In this case, it is further expected that the promotion information associated with the condition information is the promotion information that is valid (usable) only during this pre-designated time period, thereby further enhancing the effect of attracting customers.
 また、条件情報は、例えば、利用情報に含まれる現在状況情報に関する条件を含む条件情報でもよい。現在状況情報に関する条件とは、例えば、一の利用情報に含まれる現在状況情報の中に、現在来店中であることを示す情報が含まれない、という条件である。 Also, the condition information may be condition information including a condition relating to the current status information included in the usage information, for example. The condition relating to the current situation information is, for example, a condition that the current situation information included in one usage information does not include information indicating that the customer is currently visiting the store.
 また、現在状況情報に関する条件とは、例えば、飲食店の総座席数や総テーブル数、あるいは収容人数等に対する、現在状況情報を含む利用情報の総数の比率が、時間帯ごとにそれぞれ予め指定された値のうちの、現在の時刻を含む時間帯に対応する値以下であるという条件である。なお、この条件において、現在状況情報を含む利用情報の総数の比率の代わりに、現在状況情報を含む利用情報に含まれる現在来店している人数の総数を用いても良い。 In addition, the condition relating to the current situation information is, for example, the ratio of the total number of usage information including the current situation information to the total number of seats and tables in the restaurant, the number of seats, etc. is designated in advance for each time period. It is the condition that the value is equal to or less than the value corresponding to the time zone including the current time. In this condition, instead of the ratio of the total number of usage information including the current status information, the total number of people currently visiting the usage information including the current status information may be used.
 また、現在状況情報に関する条件とは、例えば、一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報に含まれる現在状況情報が示す現在の天候の情報の中に、予め指定された天候の情報と一致する天候の情報が予め指定された数あるいは比率以上含まれているという条件であっても良い。ここでの天候の情報は、例えば、天気の状態を示す識別情報である。なお、一致する天候の情報が予め指定された数あるいは比率以上含まれているという条件の代わりに、一致しない天候の情報が予め指定された数あるいは比率以上含まれているという条件を用いてもよい。この条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報は、例えば、上記の予め指定された数あるいは比率以上含まれる天候の情報が示す天候の際に来店した場合においてのみ有効なプロモーション情報であることが好ましい。 Also, the conditions regarding the current situation information match, for example, the weather information specified in advance in the current weather information indicated by the current situation information included in the usage information associated with the one user identification information. It may be a condition that the weather information to be included includes more than a predetermined number or ratio. The weather information here is, for example, identification information indicating the weather state. Instead of the condition that the number of matching weather information is included in a predetermined number or ratio, a condition that the number of unmatched weather information is included in a predetermined number or ratio may be used. Good. The promotion information associated with this condition information is preferably promotion information that is valid only when the store visits during the weather indicated by the weather information included in the number or ratio specified in advance.
 プロモーション情報格納部13には、例えば、利用情報に含まれる注文履歴情報に関する条件を含む条件情報が格納されていてもよい。注文履歴情報に関する条件とは、例えば、一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報に含まれる注文履歴情報の中に、予め指定された注文情報が予め指定された数以上(例えば、1以上等)含まれるという条件である。 The promotion information storage unit 13 may store, for example, condition information including conditions regarding order history information included in the usage information. The condition related to order history information is, for example, the number of pre-designated order information in order history information included in the usage information associated with one user identification information (for example, one or more). And so forth).
 また、注文履歴情報に関する条件とは、例えば、一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報に含まれる注文履歴情報の中に含まれる数または比率が最も多い飲食物の識別情報が、予め指定された1以上の飲食物の識別情報のいずれかと一致するという条件である。 The condition related to order history information is, for example, the identification information of food or drink having the highest number or ratio included in the order history information included in the usage information associated with one user identification information specified in advance. This is a condition that it matches one of the identification information of one or more foods and drinks.
 なお、条件情報は、例えば、一以上の関数や、メソッド名や、「if」、「then」等で示される制御構文等で構成される。また、条件情報が示す判断処理等を行うためのアルゴリズムであっても良い。ただし、条件情報は、上記で例に挙げているように、これらの関数や、メソッド名や、制御構文、判断処理を行うためのアルゴリズム等に相当する自然言語で表された情報であってもよい。 The condition information includes, for example, one or more functions, method names, control syntax indicated by “if”, “then”, and the like. Further, an algorithm for performing a determination process or the like indicated by the condition information may be used. However, the condition information may be information expressed in a natural language corresponding to these functions, method names, control syntax, algorithms for performing judgment processing, etc., as exemplified in the above. Good.
 また、条件情報は、上記以外の条件を含む情報であってもよく、条件情報は、利用情報に含まれるどのような情報についてのどのような条件を示す情報を含んでいても良い。例えば、利用情報に含まれる飲食店の利用目的を示す情報についての条件を示す条件情報であっても良い。 Also, the condition information may be information including conditions other than those described above, and the condition information may include information indicating what conditions for what information included in the usage information. For example, the condition information which shows the conditions about the information which shows the utilization purpose of the restaurant contained in utilization information may be sufficient.
 なお、情報処理装置1を複数の飲食店において利用する場合においては、プロモーション管理情報を、飲食店の識別情報と対応付けてプロモーション情報格納部13に格納するようにする。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14が一の飲食店についてプロモーション情報を取得する際には、この一の飲食店の識別情報と対応付けられたプロモーション管理情報だけを、飲食店の識別情報を用いて選択的に利用するようにしても良い。例えば、プロモーション管理情報が、飲食店の識別情報を更に備えているようにしても良い。 In the case where the information processing apparatus 1 is used in a plurality of restaurants, the promotion management information is stored in the promotion information storage unit 13 in association with the restaurant identification information. And when the promotion information acquisition part 14 acquires promotion information about one restaurant, only the promotion management information matched with the identification information of this one restaurant is selected using the identification information of the restaurant. You may make it use it. For example, the promotion management information may further include restaurant identification information.
 プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報格納部11に格納されている利用情報に応じたプロモーション情報を取得する。利用情報に応じて取得するということは、例えば、利用情報に応じて、プロモーション情報を選択的に取得することと考えても良い。利用情報に応じて取得するということは、利用情報を用いて取得することと考えても良い。例えば、プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報格納部11に格納された利用情報が、プロモーション情報格納部13に格納されている1以上の条件情報を満たす場合に、この条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を、プロモーション管理情報から取得する。具体的には、プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報が条件情報を満たすか否かを判断し、満たす場合に、プロモーション情報を取得し、満たさない場合には、プロモーション情報を取得しない。条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報とは、条件情報を有するプロモーション管理情報に含まれる1または2以上のプロモーション情報である。なお、ここでは、一の条件を満たす場合とは、この一の条件を満たすということと実質的に同じ判断となること、例えば、この一の条件の逆の条件を満たさない、ということも含む概念であると考える。また、本実施の形態における条件情報を満たすとは、例えば、条件情報が示す全ての条件を満たすことであるが、適宜、条件情報が示す条件のうちの一部のみを満たす場合を、条件を満たすこととしても良い。 Promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires promotion information corresponding to the usage information stored in usage information storage unit 11. Obtaining according to usage information may be considered as selectively acquiring promotion information according to usage information, for example. Acquisition according to usage information may be considered as acquisition using usage information. For example, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 is associated with the condition information when the use information stored in the use information storage unit 11 satisfies one or more condition information stored in the promotion information storage unit 13. Get promotion information from promotion management information. Specifically, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the usage information satisfies the condition information, acquires the promotion information when the usage information is satisfied, and does not acquire the promotion information when the usage information is not satisfied. The promotion information associated with the condition information is one or more promotion information included in the promotion management information having the condition information. In addition, here, the case where one condition is satisfied includes substantially the same judgment as satisfying this one condition, for example, that the condition opposite to the one condition is not satisfied. Think of it as a concept. Further, satisfying the condition information in the present embodiment means, for example, satisfying all the conditions indicated by the condition information, but appropriately satisfying only a part of the conditions indicated by the condition information. It is good to satisfy.
 また、プロモーション情報取得部14は、例えば、利用情報が1または2以上の条件情報が示す条件のうちの、予め指定された数以上の条件を満たす場合に、いずれの条件情報が示す条件を満たしたかに関わらず、予め指定された1または2以上のプロモーション情報をプロモーション情報格納部14から取得しても良い。 Further, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 satisfies the condition indicated by any condition information when, for example, the usage information satisfies a condition that is greater than or equal to a predetermined number of conditions indicated by one or more condition information. Regardless of whether or not, one or more promotion information designated in advance may be acquired from the promotion information storage unit 14.
 例えば、利用情報が現在状況情報を含み、プロモーション情報格納部13に現在状況情報に関する条件を含む条件情報が格納されている場合、プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報格納部11に格納された現在状況情報を含む利用情報が、プロモーション情報格納部13に格納されている現在状況情報に関する条件を含む1以上の条件情報を満たす場合に、条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を取得する。 For example, when the usage information includes the current status information and the condition information including the conditions regarding the current status information is stored in the promotion information storage unit 13, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 stores the current information stored in the usage information storage unit 11. When the usage information including the situation information satisfies one or more condition information including the condition regarding the current situation information stored in the promotion information storage unit 13, the promotion information associated with the condition information is acquired.
 また、例えば、利用情報が注文履歴情報を含み、プロモーション情報格納部13に、注文履歴情報に関する条件を含む条件情報が格納されている場合、プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報格納部11に格納された注文履歴情報を含む利用情報が、プロモーション情報格納部13に格納されている注文履歴情報に関する条件を含む1以上の条件情報を満たす場合に、条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を取得する。 Further, for example, when the usage information includes order history information and the promotion information storage unit 13 stores condition information including conditions relating to order history information, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 stores the usage information storage unit 11. When the usage information including the ordered order history information satisfies one or more condition information including the condition regarding the order history information stored in the promotion information storage unit 13, the promotion information associated with the condition information is acquired. .
 また、例えば、利用情報がユーザ識別情報と対応付けられて利用情報格納部11に格納されている場合、プロモーション情報取得部14は、ユーザ識別情報毎に、このユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報が、プロモーション情報格納部に格納されている1以上の条件情報を満たすか否かを判断し、満たす場合に、当該条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を取得するようにしてもよい。この場合に用いられる条件情報も、一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた一または二以上の利用情報に関する条件を示す条件情報であることが好ましい。ここでは、このような条件情報を、ユーザ識別情報毎の条件情報と呼ぶ。例えば、プロモーション情報取得部14は、プロモーション管理情報に含まれる一の条件情報が、一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報に関する条件であるか否かを判断し、条件であると判断した場合に、ユーザ識別情報毎に、利用情報格納部11から当該ユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた行動情報を取得する。そして、取得した行動情報が条件情報を満たすか否かを判断し、満たす場合に、ユーザ識別情報毎に条件情報に対応するプロモーション情報を取得し、満たさない場合には取得しない。 For example, when the usage information is associated with the user identification information and stored in the usage information storage unit 11, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 uses the usage information associated with the user identification information for each user identification information. It may be determined whether or not the information satisfies one or more condition information stored in the promotion information storage unit, and when the information is satisfied, the promotion information associated with the condition information may be acquired. The condition information used in this case is also preferably condition information indicating a condition regarding one or two or more pieces of usage information associated with one user identification information. Here, such condition information is referred to as condition information for each user identification information. For example, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether one condition information included in the promotion management information is a condition regarding usage information associated with one user identification information, and determines that it is a condition. In this case, behavior information associated with the user identification information is acquired from the usage information storage unit 11 for each user identification information. Then, it is determined whether or not the acquired behavior information satisfies the condition information. If the action information is satisfied, the promotion information corresponding to the condition information is acquired for each user identification information.
 なお、プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報に含まれる来店時間帯を用いて、アイドルタイムを検出するようにしても良い。アイドルタイムとは、飲食店の営業時間内における、ユーザが来店する頻度の低い時間帯である。ここでの来店する頻度とは、来店する比率(例えば、総来店数に対する比率や、飲食店の営業日数に対する比率等)であっても良いし、来店数であっても良い。頻度が低いとは、例えば、頻度が予め指定された閾値よりも低いことであっても良いし、他の時間帯に対して低いことであってもよい。プロモーション情報取得部14は、例えば、営業時間内の予め指定された複数の時間帯のそれぞれと重複する来店時間帯を有する利用情報の数を、時間帯毎に集計する。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、その集計結果または集計数の比率を、時間帯ごとのユーザの来店数または来店比率として、この来店数または来店比率の低い時間帯、即ちユーザの来店する頻度の低い時間帯をアイドルタイムに決定する。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、アイドルタイムの前に、プロモーション情報を取得するようにしてもよい。これにより、アイドルタイムに対する来店をユーザに促すことが可能となる。アイドルタイムの前とは、例えば、アイドルタイムから予め指定された時刻だけ前の時刻である。予め指定された時刻は、1時間以内に設定することがプロモーション情報の内容をユーザが忘れないようにするうえで効果的である。なお、アイドルタイムの前にプロモーション情報を取得する際には、例えば、プロモーション情報取得部14は、一のユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた一または二以上の利用情報の中に、アイドルタイム内の時刻を含む来店時間帯を含む利用情報が、予め指定された数以上あるいは比率以上含まれるという条件を有する条件情報を満たすか否かを判断する。そして、条件情報が有する条件を満たす場合に、プロモーション情報取得部14は、この条件情報に対応するプロモーション情報を取得するようにすることが更に効果的である。更に、プロモーション情報取得部14は、条件情報に対応するプロモーション情報を取得するとともに、このプロモーション情報の内容が有効な時間帯を上記のアイドルタイムの時間帯に変更するようにしてもよい。 In addition, you may make it the promotion information acquisition part 14 detect an idle time using the store visit time zone contained in use information. The idle time is a time zone during which the user visits the restaurant at a low frequency during the business hours of the restaurant. Here, the frequency of visits may be the ratio of visits (for example, the ratio to the total number of visits or the ratio to the number of business days of restaurants) or the number of visits. The low frequency may be, for example, that the frequency is lower than a threshold specified in advance, or may be lower than other time zones. For example, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 counts the number of pieces of usage information having a store visit time zone that overlaps each of a plurality of time zones designated in advance during business hours. Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 uses the count result or the ratio of the total number as the number of visits or visit ratios of the users for each time zone, and the frequency of visits to the store or visit ratio is low, that is, the frequency of the user visit A low time zone is determined as idle time. And promotion information acquisition part 14 may acquire promotion information before idle time. This makes it possible to prompt the user to visit the store for idle time. The time before the idle time is, for example, a time that is a predetermined time before the idle time. Setting the time designated in advance within one hour is effective in preventing the user from forgetting the contents of the promotion information. In addition, when acquiring promotion information before idle time, for example, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 includes one or more usage information associated with one user identification information in the idle time. It is determined whether or not the usage information including the visiting time zone including the time satisfies condition information having a condition that the usage information includes a predetermined number or more or a ratio. And it is still more effective that the promotion information acquisition part 14 acquires the promotion information corresponding to this condition information, when the conditions which condition information has are satisfy | filled. Further, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 may acquire the promotion information corresponding to the condition information and change the time zone in which the content of the promotion information is valid to the above idle time zone.
 なお、図示しない時計等から取得した現在の時刻が利用情報を用いて取得したアイドルタイムの前の時刻であるか否かを、上記の条件情報の条件の一つとしても良い。 Note that whether or not the current time acquired from a clock (not shown) is the time before the idle time acquired using the usage information may be one of the conditions of the above condition information.
 なお、プロモーション情報取得部14は、必要に応じて、上記の条件を満たすか否かの判断処理に用いられる利用情報以外の情報を、情報処理装置1内の図示しない処理部や、他のサーバ装置等から適宜取得するようにしても良い。例えば、プロモーション情報取得部14は、情報処理装置1内の図示しない時計等から現在の時刻を取得しても良い。また、プロモーション情報取得部14は、飲食店の目標販売数に達していない飲食物の識別情報を、飲食店における飲食物の販売状況を管理するサーバ等から取得しても良い。 It should be noted that the promotion information acquisition unit 14 obtains information other than the usage information used in the determination process as to whether or not the above condition is satisfied, as necessary, from a processing unit (not shown) in the information processing apparatus 1 or another server You may make it acquire suitably from an apparatus etc. For example, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 may acquire the current time from a clock (not shown) in the information processing apparatus 1. Moreover, the promotion information acquisition part 14 may acquire the identification information of the food / beverage which has not reached the target sales number of the restaurant from the server etc. which manage the sales situation of the food / beverage in a restaurant.
 なお、プロモーション情報取得部14は、プロモーション情報格納部13から取得するプロモーション情報の一部を、上述したようなユーザ識別情報や、利用情報や、現在の時刻等の情報や、これらの情報を用いて作成された情報で更新しても良い。ここでの更新は、予めプロモーション情報内の予め指定された箇所に、予め指定された情報(例えば、ユーザ識別情報や、時刻等)を挿入することであっても良い。 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 uses part of the promotion information acquired from the promotion information storage unit 13 by using the above-described user identification information, usage information, information such as the current time, and the like. It may be updated with the information created in the above. The update here may be to insert predesignated information (for example, user identification information, time, etc.) at a predesignated location in the promotion information.
 プロモーション情報取得部14は、通常、MPUやメモリ等から実現され得る。プロモーション情報取得部14の処理手順は、通常、ソフトウェアで実現され、当該ソフトウェアはROM等の記録媒体に記録されている。但し、プロモーション情報取得部14を、ハードウェア(専用回路)で実現しても良い。 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 can usually be realized by an MPU, a memory, or the like. The processing procedure of the promotion information acquisition unit 14 is usually realized by software, and the software is recorded on a recording medium such as a ROM. However, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
 連絡先情報格納部15には、ユーザに対応した連絡先を示す情報である1以上の連絡先情報が格納される。連絡先情報は、具体的には、ユーザの連絡先、例えば、ユーザが登録した連絡先を示す情報であり、例えば、ユーザのメールアドレスや、ミニブログ等のアドレスや、電話番号、ファクシミリ番号、SNS(ソーシャルネットワークサービス)等のアカウント、SMS(ショートメッセージングサービス)等のアカウント等である。例えば、連絡先情報格納部15には、連絡先情報が、ユーザ識別情報と対応付けられて格納されている。例えば、連絡先情報格納部15には、1または2以上の連絡先情報と1または2以上のユーザ識別情報とを有する1または2以上の連絡先管理情報が格納されている。ユーザに対応した連絡先とは、例えば、ユーザが利用する情報通信端末等である。連絡先情報格納部15には、例えば、ユーザが飲食店や、飲食店に関連するサービス等に対して登録した連絡先情報が格納される。 The contact information storage unit 15 stores one or more contact information that is information indicating a contact corresponding to the user. Specifically, the contact information is information indicating the contact information of the user, for example, the contact information registered by the user. For example, the user's mail address, an address such as a miniblog, a telephone number, a facsimile number, An account such as SNS (social network service), an account such as SMS (short messaging service), and the like. For example, contact information is stored in the contact information storage unit 15 in association with user identification information. For example, the contact information storage unit 15 stores one or more contact management information including one or more contact information and one or more user identification information. The contact address corresponding to the user is, for example, an information communication terminal used by the user. The contact information storage unit 15 stores, for example, contact information registered by the user for restaurants, services related to restaurants, and the like.
 送信部16は、プロモーション情報取得部14が取得したプロモーション情報を、連絡先情報格納部15に格納されている1以上の連絡先情報が示す連絡先に送信する。送信部16は、例えば、プロモーション情報を連絡先に対してプッシュ通知してもよい。プッシュ通知は、スマートフォンやタブレット端末等のアプリにおいて利用されているNotificationと呼ばれる技術も含む概念である。 The transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit 14 to a contact indicated by one or more contact information stored in the contact information storage unit 15. The transmission part 16 may push-promote promotion information with respect to a contact address, for example. The push notification is a concept including a technology called Notification used in applications such as smartphones and tablet terminals.
 送信部16は、例えば、上述したプロモーション情報取得部14がアイドルタイムの前にプロモーション情報を取得した場合に、このプロモーション情報をアイドルタイムの前にプロモーション情報を送信する。 For example, when the above-described promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires promotion information before the idle time, the transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information before the idle time.
 また、送信部16は、例えば、プロモーション情報取得部14が、ユーザ識別情報毎に取得したプロモーション情報を、このプロモーション情報に対応するユーザ識別情報に対応付けられた連絡先情報が示す連絡先に送信するようにしてもよい。具体的には、送信部16は、プロモーション情報を取得する際に用いたユーザ識別情報に対応する連絡先情報を、連絡先情報格納部15から(具体的には、連絡先管理情報から)検索により取得し、取得した連絡先情報が示す連絡先にプロモーション情報を送信する。これにより、各ユーザに適合した適切なプロモーションを行うことが可能となる。 For example, the transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit 14 for each user identification information to the contact indicated by the contact information associated with the user identification information corresponding to the promotion information. You may make it do. Specifically, the transmission unit 16 searches the contact information storage unit 15 (specifically, from the contact management information) for contact information corresponding to the user identification information used when acquiring the promotion information. The promotion information is transmitted to the contact indicated by the acquired contact information. Thereby, it becomes possible to perform an appropriate promotion suitable for each user.
 送信部16は、通常、無線または有線の通信手段で実現されるが、放送手段で実現されても良い。送信部16は、通信デバイスを含むと考えても、含まないと考えても良い。 The transmitting unit 16 is usually realized by a wireless or wired communication means, but may be realized by a broadcasting means. The transmission unit 16 may or may not include a communication device.
 次に、情報処理装置1の動作について図2のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, the operation of the information processing apparatus 1 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS101)利用情報受付部12は、ユーザ識別情報と利用情報とを受け付けたか否かを判断する。受け付けた場合、ステップS102に進み、受け付けていない場合、ステップS103に進む。 (Step S101) The usage information receiving unit 12 determines whether user identification information and usage information have been received. If accepted, the process proceeds to step S102. If not accepted, the process proceeds to step S103.
 (ステップS102)利用情報受付部12は、ステップS101で受け付けたユーザ識別情報と利用情報とを対応付けて、利用情報格納部11に蓄積する。例えば、利用情報受付部12は、ステップS101で受け付けたユーザ識別情報と利用情報とを有する利用管理情報を、利用情報格納部11に蓄積する。そして、ステップS101に戻る。 (Step S102) The usage information receiving unit 12 associates the user identification information received in step S101 with the usage information, and accumulates them in the usage information storage unit 11. For example, the usage information receiving unit 12 accumulates in the usage information storage unit 11 usage management information having the user identification information and usage information received in step S101. Then, the process returns to step S101.
 (ステップS103)プロモーション情報取得部14は、プロモーション情報を取得するタイミングであるか否かを判断する。例えば、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図示しない受付部等から、プロモーション情報を取得する指示を受け付けた場合に、プロモーション情報を取得するタイミングであると判断しても良い。また、予め指定された時間が経過する毎や、予め指定された時刻に、プロモーション情報を取得するタイミングであると判断するようにしても良い。プロモーション情報を取得するタイミングである場合、ステップS104に進み、取得するタイミングでない場合、ステップS101に戻る。 (Step S103) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether it is time to acquire the promotion information. For example, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 may determine that it is time to acquire promotion information when an instruction to acquire promotion information is received from a reception unit (not shown) or the like. Alternatively, it may be determined that it is time to acquire promotion information every time a predesignated time elapses or at a predesignated time. If it is time to acquire promotion information, the process proceeds to step S104. If it is not time to acquire, the process returns to step S101.
 (ステップS104)プロモーション情報取得部14は、カウンターmの値に1を代入する。 (Step S104) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 substitutes 1 for the value of the counter m.
 (ステップS105)プロモーション情報取得部14は、プロモーション情報格納部13から、m番目の条件情報を取得する。 (Step S105) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires the mth condition information from the promotion information storage unit 13.
 (ステップS106)プロモーション情報取得部14は、ステップS105で読み出した条件情報が、ユーザ識別情報毎の条件情報であるか否かを判断する。ユーザ識別情報毎の条件情報である場合、ステップS107に進み、ユーザ識別情報毎の条件情報でない場合、ステップS115に進む。 (Step S106) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the condition information read in Step S105 is condition information for each user identification information. If it is condition information for each user identification information, the process proceeds to step S107. If it is not condition information for each user identification information, the process proceeds to step S115.
 (ステップS107)プロモーション情報取得部14は、カウンターnの値に1を代入する。 (Step S107) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 substitutes 1 for the value of the counter n.
 (ステップS108)プロモーション情報取得部14は、n番目のユーザ識別情報を、連絡先情報格納部15に連絡先情報と対応付けられて格納されているユーザ識別情報から取得する。なお、プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報格納部11に格納されている利用情報に対応付けられたユーザ識別情報から、重複のないよう取り出したユーザ識別情報の中からn番目のユーザ識別情報を取得してもよい。 (Step S108) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires the nth user identification information from the user identification information stored in the contact information storage unit 15 in association with the contact information. The promotion information acquisition unit 14 obtains the nth user identification information from the user identification information extracted so as not to overlap from the user identification information associated with the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit 11. You may get it.
 (ステップS109)プロモーション情報取得部14は、n番目のユーザ識別情報に対応する利用情報が、m番目の条件情報が示す条件を満たすか否かを判断する。満たす場合、ステップS110に進み、満たさない場合、ステップS113に進む。 (Step S109) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether the usage information corresponding to the nth user identification information satisfies the condition indicated by the mth condition information. If satisfied, the process proceeds to step S110. If not satisfied, the process proceeds to step S113.
 (ステップS110)プロモーション情報取得部14は、m番目の条件情報に対応するプロモーション情報を取得する。 (Step S110) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires promotion information corresponding to the mth condition information.
 (ステップS111)送信部16は、n番目のユーザ識別情報に対応する連絡先情報を、連絡先情報格納部15から検索等により取得する。 (Step S111) The transmission unit 16 acquires contact information corresponding to the nth user identification information from the contact information storage unit 15 by searching or the like.
 (ステップS112)送信部16は、ステップS110で取得したプロモーション情報をステップS111で取得した連絡先情報が示す連絡先に送信する。 (Step S112) The transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information acquired in Step S110 to the contact indicated by the contact information acquired in Step S111.
 (ステップS113)プロモーション情報取得部14は、カウンターnの値を1インクリメントする。 (Step S113) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 increments the value of the counter n by 1.
 (ステップS114)プロモーション情報取得部14は、n番目のユーザ識別情報があるか否かを判断する。ある場合、ステップS108に進み、ない場合、ステップS119に進む。 (Step S114) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether there is n-th user identification information. If there is, the process proceeds to step S108, and if not, the process proceeds to step S119.
 (ステップS115)プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報格納部11に格納されている利用情報が、m番目の条件情報を満たすか否かを判断する。満たす場合、ステップS116に進み、満たさない場合、ステップS119に進む。 (Step S115) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit 11 satisfies the mth condition information. If satisfied, the process proceeds to step S116. If not satisfied, the process proceeds to step S119.
 (ステップS116)プロモーション情報取得部14は、m番目の条件情報に対応するプロモーション情報を取得する。 (Step S116) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires promotion information corresponding to the mth condition information.
 (ステップS117)送信部16は、連絡先情報格納部15に格納されている連絡先情報を取得する。例えば、送信部16は、連絡先情報格納部15に格納されている全ての連絡先情報を取得する。 (Step S117) The transmission unit 16 acquires the contact information stored in the contact information storage unit 15. For example, the transmission unit 16 acquires all contact information stored in the contact information storage unit 15.
 (ステップS118)送信部16は、ステップS116で取得したプロモーション情報をステップS117で取得した連絡先情報が示す連絡先に送信する。 (Step S118) The transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information acquired in Step S116 to the contact indicated by the contact information acquired in Step S117.
 (ステップS119)プロモーション情報取得部14は、カウンターmの値を1インクリメントする。 (Step S119) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 increments the value of the counter m by 1.
 (ステップS120)プロモーション情報取得部14は、m番目の条件情報が、プロモーション情報格納部13に格納されているか否かを判断する。格納されている場合、ステップS105に進み、格納されていない場合、ステップS101に戻る。 (Step S120) The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the m-th condition information is stored in the promotion information storage unit 13. If stored, the process proceeds to step S105. If not stored, the process returns to step S101.
 なお、ここでは、説明を省略しているが、プロモーション情報取得部14は、条件を満たすか否かの判断処理を行った条件情報については、フラグ情報等を付与することにより、一定の期間内(例えば、同じ日付内や、予め指定された時間が経過するまでの期間内)は、再度判断処理を行わないようにしても良い。あるいは、送信部16は、一のプロモーション情報を送信した連絡先には、対応する連絡先情報にフラグ情報等を付与することにより、一定の期間内(例えば、同じ日付内や、予め指定された時間が経過するまでの期間内)は、再度プロモーション情報を送信する処理を行わないようにしても良い。あるいは、条件情報毎に、プロモーション情報を取得するための判断処理を行うタイミングを指定する情報を対応付けて格納できるようにして、現在の時刻等が、各条件情報に対応付けられたタイミングを指定する情報が示すタイミングになった場合に、その条件情報を用いた判断処理を行うようにしても良い。ここでのタイミングとは、例えば時刻や時間間隔等である。これらのようにすることで、プロモーション情報が一のユーザに一日に何度も送信されることを防ぐことができる。 Although the description is omitted here, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 adds flag information or the like for the condition information for which the process for determining whether or not the condition is satisfied, within a certain period of time. The determination process may not be performed again (for example, within the same date or within a period until a predetermined time elapses). Alternatively, the transmission unit 16 adds flag information or the like to the contact information that has transmitted one piece of promotion information within a certain period (for example, within the same date or designated in advance). During the period until the time elapses), the process of transmitting the promotion information again may not be performed. Alternatively, for each condition information, information that specifies the timing for performing determination processing for acquiring promotion information can be stored in association with each other, and the current time and the like specify the timing associated with each condition information. When the timing indicated by the information to be displayed is reached, a determination process using the condition information may be performed. Here, the timing is, for example, time or time interval. By doing in this way, it can prevent that promotion information is transmitted to one user many times a day.
 なお、図2のフローチャートにおいて、電源オフや処理終了の割り込みにより処理は終了する。 In the flowchart of FIG. 2, the process is terminated by turning off the power or interrupting the termination of the process.
 以下、本実施の形態における情報処理装置1の具体的な動作について説明する。情報処理装置1を有する情報処理システム1000の一例を示す概念図は図3である。情報処理システム1000は、飲食店Aで利用されている情報処理装置1と、飲食店Aの複数のユーザがそれぞれ保持する複数の情報通信端末2と、を備えている。ここでは、複数の情報通信端末2を、情報通信端末2a、2b、2c等で表している。情報処理装置1と、各情報通信端末2とは、一例としてネットワークを介して有線通信および無線通信により接続されているものとする。情報通信端末2は、一例として、いわゆるスマートフォンと呼ばれる装置であるとする。 Hereinafter, a specific operation of the information processing apparatus 1 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 3 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of an information processing system 1000 having the information processing apparatus 1. The information processing system 1000 includes an information processing device 1 used in the restaurant A and a plurality of information communication terminals 2 held by a plurality of users of the restaurant A, respectively. Here, the plurality of information communication terminals 2 are represented by information communication terminals 2a, 2b, 2c, and the like. It is assumed that the information processing apparatus 1 and each information communication terminal 2 are connected by wired communication and wireless communication via a network as an example. The information communication terminal 2 is assumed to be a so-called smartphone as an example.
 まず、ユーザ識別情報が「U1001」であるユーザ(以下、ユーザ「U1001」と称す)が、三人で飲食店Aに来店し、テーブル識別情報が「T05」であるテーブルに着席したとする。ユーザ識別情報は、ここでは、飲食店Aの会員番号であるとする。また、テーブル識別情報は、テーブル番号であるとする。そして、ユーザ「U1001」が、飲食店A専用の飲食物の注文を行うアプリケーションを起動し、自分のユーザ識別情報であるユーザ識別情報「U1001」でログインし、テーブル識別情報「T05」と、来店した人数である「3」を情報通信端末2に入力したとする。また、情報通信端末2は、ユーザの来店時刻として、これらの情報の入力を受け付けた時刻である「2012年9月10日18時50分」を内部に設けられている図示しない時計等から受け付ける。また、予め指定された現在の天気を提供するWEBサーバ等が送信する現在の天気の状態を示す識別情報である「晴れ」という情報を受け付ける。 First, it is assumed that a user whose user identification information is “U1001” (hereinafter referred to as user “U1001”) visits restaurant A with three people and sits at a table whose table identification information is “T05”. Here, it is assumed that the user identification information is a member number of the restaurant A. The table identification information is assumed to be a table number. Then, the user “U1001” starts an application for ordering food and drinks exclusively for the restaurant A, logs in with the user identification information “U1001” that is his own user identification information, and visits the table identification information “T05”. It is assumed that “3”, which is the number of people who have performed, is input to the information communication terminal 2. Further, the information communication terminal 2 accepts “18:50 on September 10, 2012”, which is the time when the input of such information is accepted, as a user visit time from a clock (not shown) or the like provided therein. . Also, information “sunny”, which is identification information indicating the current weather state transmitted by a WEB server or the like that provides the current weather specified in advance, is received.
 そして、ユーザ「U1001」が、図示しない「送信」ボタンを押したとする。情報通信端末2は、上記で受け付けたユーザ識別情報を含む情報を、情報処理装置1に送信する。 Suppose that the user “U1001” presses a “Send” button (not shown). The information communication terminal 2 transmits information including the user identification information received above to the information processing apparatus 1.
 情報処理装置1の利用情報受付部12は、情報通信端末2から送信される情報を受信し、受信した情報のうちのユーザ識別情報以外の情報を、利用情報の一部の情報としてユーザ識別情報と対応付けて利用情報格納部11に蓄積する。 The usage information reception unit 12 of the information processing apparatus 1 receives information transmitted from the information communication terminal 2 and uses information other than the user identification information in the received information as part of the usage information. And accumulated in the usage information storage unit 11.
 図4は、利用情報格納部11に格納されている利用情報を管理するための利用管理情報を示す図である。利用管理情報は、利用管理情報を管理する識別情報である「利用管理ID」と、ユーザ識別情報である「ユーザID」と、利用情報である「利用情報」という属性を有している。「利用情報」は、さらに、「テーブルID」、「来店時刻」、「退店時刻」、「来店人数」、「天気」等の属性を有している。「テーブルID」はテーブル識別情報である。「来店時刻」は来店時刻である。「退店時刻」は退店時刻であり、例えば、ユーザが飲食店の飲食代等を精算した時点等の時刻が利用情報受付部12により入力される。「来店人数」は来店人数であり、「ユーザID」を含む人数であるとする。「天気」は、天気の状態を示す識別情報である。ここでは、一の行が、利用管理情報の一のレコードであるとする。なお、ここでは、「退店時刻」の値が空欄(あるいはNull値)であるレコード内に含まれる各情報は、ユーザが退店前、即ち来店中であることを示していることから、現在状況情報を構成する情報として扱うものとする。また、現在状況情報としては、上記以外の他の属性の情報が格納されていても良い。なお、ここでは、既に、他のレコードが格納されていた利用管理情報に、上記で利用情報受付部12が受け付けた利用情報のレコードが追記されたものとする。 FIG. 4 is a diagram showing usage management information for managing usage information stored in the usage information storage unit 11. The usage management information has attributes of “usage management ID” that is identification information for managing the usage management information, “user ID” that is user identification information, and “usage information” that is usage information. “Usage information” further has attributes such as “table ID”, “store visit time”, “store exit time”, “number of customers”, and “weather”. “Table ID” is table identification information. The “visit time” is the visit time. The “exit time” is the exit time, and for example, the usage information reception unit 12 inputs a time such as the time when the user settles the restaurant fee. “Number of customers” is the number of customers, including “user ID”. “Weather” is identification information indicating the state of the weather. Here, it is assumed that one row is one record of usage management information. In this case, since each piece of information included in a record having a blank (or Null value) value of “store opening time” indicates that the user is before leaving the store, that is, is currently visiting the store, It shall be handled as information constituting the situation information. Further, as the current status information, information of attributes other than those described above may be stored. Here, it is assumed that the record of the usage information received by the usage information receiving unit 12 is added to the usage management information in which other records have already been stored.
 次に、例えば、ユーザ「U1001」が上記の飲食店専用のアプリケーションを用いて、メニューを表示させ、注文しようとする飲食物の注文ボタン(図示せず)を押したとすると、情報通信端末2から、「ユーザID」である「U1001」と、注文した商品の、商品名と、商品コードと、注文数との組が送信される。ここでは、商品名が「ビール」、商品コードが「BR50」、注文数が「3」であったとする。送信された情報は、飲食店の注文を受け付けるサーバ等(図示せず)に送信される。また、送信された情報は、情報通信端末2にも送信され、利用情報受付部12は送信された情報を受け付ける。そして、利用情報受付部12は、受け付けた情報のうちの、商品名と、商品コードと、注文数との組を、受け付けた「ユーザID」である「U1001」と対応付けて、上記で受け付けた現在状況情報を含む利用管理情報の注文履歴情報として、利用情報格納部11に蓄積する。 Next, for example, when the user “U1001” displays a menu using the above-mentioned restaurant-dedicated application and presses an order button (not shown) of a food item to be ordered, the information communication terminal 2 , “U1001” being “user ID”, and a set of the ordered product name, product code, and number of orders. Here, it is assumed that the product name is “beer”, the product code is “BR50”, and the number of orders is “3”. The transmitted information is transmitted to a server or the like (not shown) that accepts orders for restaurants. The transmitted information is also transmitted to the information communication terminal 2, and the usage information receiving unit 12 receives the transmitted information. Then, the usage information receiving unit 12 receives the combination of the product name, the product code, and the number of orders in the received information in association with the received “user ID” “U1001”. Further, it is stored in the usage information storage unit 11 as order history information of usage management information including the current status information.
 図5は、利用情報格納部11に格納される注文履歴情報を管理する注文履歴管理情報である。注文履歴管理情報は、「注文履歴ID」と、「利用管理ID」と、「注文履歴」という属性を有している。「注文履歴」は、更に、「商品名」、「商品コード」、「注文数」という属性を有している。「注文履歴ID」は、注文履歴情報のレコードを管理する識別情報である。ここでは、図5の一の行を注文履歴管理情報の一のレコードと考える。「利用管理ID」は、注文履歴情報のレコードが対応付けられた利用管理情報の「利用管理ID」であり、図4の「利用管理ID」に対応する。「注文履歴」、は注文履歴情報である。「商品名」、「商品コード」、および「注文数」は、利用情報受付部12が受け付けた商品名、商品コード、注文数の組を構成する各情報である。なお、ここでは、既に、他のレコードが格納されていた注文履歴管理情報に、上記で利用情報受付部12が受け付けた注文履歴管理情報のレコードが追記されたものとする。 FIG. 5 shows order history management information for managing the order history information stored in the usage information storage unit 11. The order history management information has attributes of “order history ID”, “use management ID”, and “order history”. The “order history” further has attributes of “product name”, “product code”, and “number of orders”. “Order history ID” is identification information for managing records of order history information. Here, one line in FIG. 5 is considered as one record of order history management information. The “use management ID” is the “use management ID” of the use management information associated with the record of the order history information, and corresponds to the “use management ID” in FIG. “Order history” is order history information. “Product name”, “product code”, and “number of orders” are pieces of information constituting a set of product name, product code, and number of orders received by the usage information receiving unit 12. Here, it is assumed that the record of the order history management information received by the usage information receiving unit 12 is added to the order history management information in which other records have already been stored.
 利用情報受付部12は、例えば、情報通信端末2から送信された情報を受け付けた場合に、この情報に含まれる「ユーザID」の値と一致する「ユーザID」を有する利用情報であって、「退店時刻」が空欄(あるいはNull値)である利用管理情報のレコードを、図4に示した利用管理情報から検索する。そして、利用情報受付部12は、検出した利用管理情報の「利用管理ID」の値を取得する。そして、利用情報受付部12は、取得した値を、注文履歴管理情報の「利用管理ID」として蓄積する。これにより、注文履歴管理情報の各レコードは、各レコードの「利用管理ID」の値が示す利用管理情報のレコードに対応づけられる。即ち、一の利用情報に含まれる注文履歴情報は、この一の利用情報を管理する利用管理情報の一のレコードに含まれる「利用管理ID」と同じ「利用管理ID」を有する注文履歴管理情報のレコードで管理される注文履歴情報に相当するものとなっている。例えば、利用管理IDが「10046323」である注文履歴管理情報で管理される注文履歴情報は、利用管理IDが「10046323」である利用管理情報で管理される利用情報の注文履歴情報である。 For example, when the information transmitted from the information communication terminal 2 is received, the usage information receiving unit 12 is usage information having a “user ID” that matches the value of the “user ID” included in the information, Search the usage management information shown in FIG. 4 for a record of usage management information in which “store time” is blank (or a null value). Then, the usage information receiving unit 12 acquires the value of “use management ID” of the detected usage management information. Then, the usage information receiving unit 12 stores the acquired value as the “use management ID” of the order history management information. Thereby, each record of the order history management information is associated with the record of the usage management information indicated by the value of the “use management ID” of each record. That is, the order history information included in one usage information is the order history management information having the same “use management ID” as the “use management ID” included in one record of the use management information for managing the one use information. This corresponds to the order history information managed by the record. For example, the order history information managed by the order history management information whose usage management ID is “10046323” is the order history information of the usage information managed by the usage management information whose usage management ID is “10046323”.
 なお、ユーザの情報通信端末2を用いて飲食店のメニューを表示させたり、メニューから飲食物を注文したりする構成等については、公知の技術であるので、ここでは詳細な説明は省略する。 In addition, since it is a well-known technique about the structure etc. which display a restaurant menu using a user's information communication terminal 2, or order food and drink from a menu, detailed description is abbreviate | omitted here.
 次に、情報通信端末2のプロモーション情報取得部14は、図示されていない時計等から現在の時刻を取得し、プロモーション情報を取得するタイミングであるか否かを判断する。ここでは、一例として13時から23時までの正時(13時00分、14時00分等)毎に、この判断を行うよう、予め指定されているものとする。例えば、時計等から取得した現在時刻が、「19時00分」であったとすると、プロモーション情報取得部14は、プロモーション情報を取得するタイミングであると判断して、プロモーション情報を取得する処理を行う。 Next, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 of the information communication terminal 2 acquires the current time from a clock (not shown) or the like, and determines whether it is time to acquire the promotion information. Here, as an example, it is assumed that it is designated in advance to make this determination at every hour on the hour (13:00, 14:00, etc.) from 13:00 to 23:00. For example, if the current time acquired from a clock or the like is “19:00”, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines that it is time to acquire the promotion information, and performs a process of acquiring the promotion information. .
 なお、このプロモーション情報を取得する処理を行うタイミング(例えば、時刻、時間間隔、頻度等)は、条件情報毎に、指定されていても良く、その場合、条件情報毎に、処理を行うタイミングであるか否かを判断し、処理を行うタイミングである場合に、その条件情報を用いたプロモーション情報を取得する処理を行うようにしてもよい。 In addition, the timing (for example, time, time interval, frequency, etc.) for performing the process for acquiring the promotion information may be specified for each condition information. In this case, the timing for performing the process for each condition information. If it is time to determine whether or not there is a process, processing for acquiring promotion information using the condition information may be performed.
 図6は、プロモーション情報格納部13に格納されているプロモーション管理情報を示す図である。プロモーション管理情報は、「条件ID」、「条件」および「プロモーション情報」という属性を有する。「条件ID」は、プロモーション管理情報のレコード(ここでは行)を管理するための識別情報である。「条件」は、条件情報である。ここでは、説明のため、「条件」は、自然言語を用いて記述されているが、上述したように「条件」は、例えば、これらの自然言語に相当する一以上の関数や、メソッド名や、「if」、「then」等で示される制御構文等で構成されていてもよい。また、「一般条件」は、これらの自然言語に対応する判断処理等を行うためのアルゴリズムであっても良い。「プロモーション情報」は、プロモーション情報であり、ここでは、説明の便宜上、テキスト情報であるとする。ただし、プロモーション情報や、画像情報等であっても良い。 FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the promotion management information stored in the promotion information storage unit 13. The promotion management information has attributes of “condition ID”, “condition”, and “promotion information”. “Condition ID” is identification information for managing a record (here, a row) of promotion management information. “Condition” is condition information. Here, for the sake of explanation, the “condition” is described using a natural language, but as described above, the “condition” is, for example, one or more functions corresponding to these natural languages, method names, , “If”, “then”, and the like. Further, the “general condition” may be an algorithm for performing determination processing corresponding to these natural languages. “Promotion information” is promotion information, and here it is assumed to be text information for convenience of explanation. However, it may be promotion information or image information.
 図7は、連絡先情報格納部15に格納されている連絡先管理情報を示す図である。連絡先管理情報は、「ユーザ識別情報」と「連絡先」という属性を有している。「ユーザ識別情報」は、図4の「ユーザ識別情報」に対応する。「連絡先」は、ユーザのメールアドレスであるとする。但し、「連絡先」は、ユーザに対してコメント等を送付するためのアドレス等であっても良い。 FIG. 7 is a diagram showing contact management information stored in the contact information storage unit 15. The contact management information has attributes of “user identification information” and “contact”. “User identification information” corresponds to “user identification information” in FIG. The “contact” is assumed to be a user's mail address. However, the “contact address” may be an address for sending a comment or the like to the user.
 まず、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図6に示したプロモーション管理情報の一番上のレコード(ここでは、「条件ID」が「001」であるレコード)から、「条件」の値を読み出す。そして、この「条件」の値が「判断対象:各ユーザ識別情報」という文字列を含むか否かを判断する。ここでは、一例として、「判断対象:各ユーザ識別情報」という文字列を含む条件情報は、上述したユーザ識別情報毎の条件情報である。また、「判断対象:各ユーザ識別情報」という文字列を含まないものは、対応するユーザ識別情報に関係なく、全ての利用情報を判断対象として判断を行う条件情報であるとする。この一番上のレコードの「条件」の値は、上記の文字列を含まないため、プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報格納部11に格納されている全てのユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報を対象として、条件を満たすか否かの判断を行うことを決定する。 First, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value of “condition” from the top record of the promotion management information shown in FIG. 6 (here, the record whose “condition ID” is “001”). Then, it is determined whether or not the value of the “condition” includes a character string “determination target: each user identification information”. Here, as an example, the condition information including the character string “judgment target: each user identification information” is the condition information for each user identification information described above. In addition, it is assumed that information that does not include the character string “determination target: each user identification information” is condition information for determining all the usage information as determination targets regardless of the corresponding user identification information. Since the value of the “condition” of the top record does not include the character string, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 is associated with all user identification information stored in the usage information storage unit 11. It is decided to determine whether or not the condition is satisfied for the usage information.
 このため、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図4に示した利用情報の全てのユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報について、利用情報が、上記で読み出した条件情報の「内容:」に続く文字列が示す条件を満たすか否かを判断する。 For this reason, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 uses the usage information associated with all the user identification information of the usage information shown in FIG. 4 in which the usage information follows the “content:” of the condition information read out above. It is determined whether or not the condition indicated by the column is satisfied.
 ここで、上記で読み出した条件情報の「内容:」以降の文字列が示す条件は、「利用情報に含まれる現在状況情報が示す現在の空席率が、現在の時間帯の閾値以上でない。」という条件であることから、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図4に示した利用情報の中から、現在状況情報を含む全ての利用情報のレコード、即ち「退店時刻」が空欄(あるいはNull値)である利用情報のレコードを検出し、検出したレコードにそれぞれ含まれる「来店人数」の値を取得し、その合計を検出する。「来店人数」の合計は「30」であったとする。また、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図示しない記憶媒体等に予め格納されている飲食店Aの総座席数の値である「50」を取得する。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、来店人数の合計「30」を、総座席数「50」から減算した値「20」を、総座席数で除算して、空席率を算出する。算出した空席率は、ここでは40%となる。 Here, the condition indicated by the character string after “content:” of the condition information read out above is “the current vacancy rate indicated by the current status information included in the usage information is not equal to or greater than the threshold of the current time zone”. Therefore, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 stores all usage information records including the current status information from the usage information shown in FIG. 4, that is, “store closing time” is blank (or a null value). The usage information record is detected, the value of the “number of customers” included in each of the detected records is acquired, and the total is detected. It is assumed that the total “number of customers” is “30”. Further, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires “50” which is the value of the total number of seats of the restaurant A stored in advance in a storage medium or the like (not shown). Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 calculates the vacancy rate by dividing the value “20” obtained by subtracting the total number of visitors “30” from the total number of seats “50” by the total number of seats. The calculated vacancy rate is 40% here.
 図8は、飲食店Aの時間帯別の空席率の閾値を管理する閾値管理情報を示す図である。閾値管理情報は、「時間帯」と、「閾値」という属性を有している。「時間帯」は、飲食店の営業時間を分割した時間帯で、時間帯の開始時刻と終了時刻とを有している。「閾値」は、空席率の閾値であり、プロモーション情報を送付しなくて良いことが許容される空席率の最大値である。 FIG. 8 is a diagram showing threshold management information for managing the threshold of the vacancy rate for each restaurant A by time zone. The threshold management information has attributes of “time zone” and “threshold”. The “time zone” is a time zone obtained by dividing the business hours of the restaurant, and has a start time and an end time of the time zone. The “threshold value” is a threshold value of the vacancy rate, and is the maximum value of the vacancy rate that is allowed to prevent the promotion information from being sent.
 つぎに、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図8の閾値管理情報から上記で取得した現在の時刻「19時00分」を含む「時間帯」を有するレコードを検出し、検出したレコードの閾値である「20」(%)を取得する。プロモーション情報取得部14は、上記で現在状況情報を用いて算出した現在の空席率「40」(%)が、この閾値以上であるか否かを判断する。ここでは、閾値以上であるため、プロモーション情報取得部14は、上記の一番上の条件を満たすと判断する。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、この一番上の条件情報に対応する「プロモーション情報」の値である「本日ご来店いただくと、ドリンク一杯無料サービス…」を読み出す。 Next, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 detects a record having a “time zone” including the current time “19:00” acquired above from the threshold management information in FIG. 8, and is a threshold value of the detected record. Obtain “20” (%). The promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the current vacancy rate “40” (%) calculated using the current situation information is equal to or greater than the threshold value. Here, since it is more than a threshold value, the promotion information acquisition part 14 judges that said top condition is satisfy | filled. Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads “Promotion information” corresponding to the top condition information, “Drink free service ... when you come to the store today”.
 次に、送信部16は、図7に示した連絡先管理情報から「連絡先」であるメールアドレスを読み出す。ここでは、上記の条件情報が、ユーザ識別情報毎に条件についての判断を行う条件情報でなかったため、連絡先管理情報で管理されている全ての「連絡先」を読み出す。なお、現在状況情報に含まれる「ユーザID」に対応する「連絡先」は、読み出し対象から除外してもよい。 Next, the transmission unit 16 reads out an e-mail address that is a “contact” from the contact management information shown in FIG. Here, since the above condition information is not condition information for determining the condition for each user identification information, all “contacts” managed by the contact management information are read. Note that the “contact” corresponding to the “user ID” included in the current status information may be excluded from the read target.
 そして、送信部16は、読み出した各「連絡先」を宛先の情報として、上記で取得したプロモーション情報を本文に含む電子メールを一斉送信する。なお、送信部16は、上記で取得したプロモーション情報を、予め用意されたテンプレート等に配置して送信しても良い。そして、上記の条件情報についての処理を終了する。 Then, the transmission unit 16 transmits an e-mail including the promotion information acquired above in the body text, using each read “contact” as destination information. In addition, the transmission part 16 may arrange | position and transmit the promotion information acquired above to the template etc. which were prepared beforehand. And the process about said condition information is complete | finished.
 上記の「連絡先」が示す宛先の各ユーザは、情報通信端末2を用いて上記のプロモーション情報を含む電子メールを受信する。そして、ユーザが、受信した電子メールを開くと、上記のプロモーション情報が図示しないモニタ等に表示される。 Each user of the destination indicated by the above “contact address” receives the e-mail including the promotion information using the information communication terminal 2. When the user opens the received e-mail, the above promotion information is displayed on a monitor (not shown).
 図9は、情報処理装置1から送信されたプロモーション情報の表示例である。 FIG. 9 is a display example of the promotion information transmitted from the information processing apparatus 1.
 つぎに、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図6に示したプロモーション管理情報の上から二番目のレコード(ここでは、「条件ID」が「002」であるレコード)から、「条件」の値を読み出す。そして、この「条件」の値が「判断対象:各ユーザ識別情報」という文字列を含むか否かを判断する。ここでは、含むため、プロモーション情報取得部14は、条件情報が、ユーザ識別情報毎の条件情報であると判断する。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報格納部11に格納されている各ユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報を個別に対象として、条件を満たすか否かの判断を行う。 Next, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value of “condition” from the second record from the top of the promotion management information shown in FIG. 6 (here, the record whose “condition ID” is “002”). . Then, it is determined whether or not the value of the “condition” includes a character string “determination target: each user identification information”. Here, since it contains, the promotion information acquisition part 14 judges that condition information is the condition information for every user identification information. Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the condition is satisfied by individually using the usage information associated with each user identification information stored in the usage information storage unit 11.
 プロモーション情報取得部14は、図7に示した連絡先管理情報の一番上のレコード(ここでは行)から、「ユーザID」の値「U0101」を読み出す。そして、このユーザID「U0101」に対応する利用情報が、上記で読み出した条件情報の「内容:」に続く文字列が示す条件を満たすか否かを判断する。上記で読み出した条件情報の「内容:」以降の文字列が示す条件は、「対応する利用情報に、商品名が「グラタン」である注文履歴情報を有する利用情報が、3以上存在する。」である。例えば、この条件情報は、飲食店の管理者等が、グラタンの売れ行きが悪いため、グラタンの販売を増やすために設定した条件情報であるとする。プロモーション情報取得部14は、図4に示した利用管理情報から、「ユーザID」が「U0101」であるレコードを検出し、検出したレコードの「利用管理ID」を全て取得する。ただし、プロモーション情報取得部14は、来店時刻等で、検出対象のレコードを選択的に検出しても良い。例えば、過去一週間分の利用情報だけを来店時刻等を用いて選択的に検出しても良い。かかることは、他の条件についても同様である。そして、図5に示した注文履歴情報のレコードのうちの、上記で取得した全ての「利用管理ID」のいずれかと一致する「利用管理ID」を有するレコードにおいて、「商品名」が「グラタン」であるレコードを検出し、その検出数を取得する。検出数は「5」であったとする。そして、検出数が、条件情報が示す値である3以上であるか否かを判断する。ここでは、検出数が「5」であり、3以上であると判断される。このため、プロモーション情報取得部14は、この条件情報に対応付けられた「プロモーション情報」を、図6に示したプロモーション管理情報から取得する。 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value “U0101” of the “user ID” from the top record (here, the row) of the contact management information shown in FIG. Then, it is determined whether or not the usage information corresponding to the user ID “U0101” satisfies the condition indicated by the character string following “content:” of the condition information read out above. The condition indicated by the character string after “contents:” of the condition information read out above is “the usage information corresponding to the usage information having the order history information whose product name is“ Gratin ”exists in three or more. Is. For example, it is assumed that the condition information is condition information set by a restaurant manager or the like to increase the sales of the gratin because the sales of the gratin are poor. The promotion information acquisition unit 14 detects the record whose “user ID” is “U0101” from the use management information illustrated in FIG. 4, and acquires all the “use management IDs” of the detected records. However, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 may selectively detect the record to be detected based on the store visit time or the like. For example, only the usage information for the past week may be selectively detected using the store visit time or the like. The same applies to other conditions. In the record of the order history information shown in FIG. 5, the “product name” is “gratin” in the record having the “use management ID” that matches any of the “use management IDs” acquired above. Is detected and the number of detections is obtained. It is assumed that the number of detections is “5”. And it is judged whether the number of detection is 3 or more which is the value which condition information shows. Here, the number of detections is “5”, and is determined to be 3 or more. For this reason, the promotion information acquisition part 14 acquires the "promotion information" matched with this condition information from the promotion management information shown in FIG.
 送信部16は、プロモーション情報取得部14が取得したユーザID「U0101」に対応する「連絡先」の値である「ayamada@abact…」を取得し、この値を宛先にして、上記で取得したプロモーション情報を電子メールで送信する。 The transmission unit 16 acquires “ayamada @ abact...” That is the value of “contact address” corresponding to the user ID “U0101” acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit 14, and uses the value as a destination to acquire the above. Send promotional information by email.
 「ユーザID」が「U0101」であるユーザが、情報通信端末2を用いて上記のプロモーション情報を含む電子メールを受信し、この電子メールを開くと、上記のプロモーション情報が表示される。 When a user whose “user ID” is “U0101” receives an e-mail including the above-described promotion information using the information communication terminal 2 and opens the e-mail, the above-described promotion information is displayed.
 図10は、情報処理装置1から送信されたプロモーション情報の表示例である。 FIG. 10 is a display example of the promotion information transmitted from the information processing apparatus 1.
 また、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図7に示した連絡先管理情報の上から二番目以降のレコードについてもそれぞれ上記と同様の処理を繰り返し、この条件情報についての処理を終了する。 Further, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 repeats the same processing for the second and subsequent records from the top of the contact management information shown in FIG. 7 and ends the processing for the condition information.
 なお、一の「ユーザID」に対応する注文履歴情報に、「商品名」が「グラタン」であるレコードが、3以上検出されなかった場合、この「ユーザID」が示すユーザについては、プロモーション情報の取得および送信は行われない。 If three or more records having “product name” “gratin” are not detected in the order history information corresponding to one “user ID”, the promotion information for the user indicated by this “user ID” Is not obtained or transmitted.
 つぎに、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図6に示したプロモーション管理情報の上から3番目の「条件ID」が「003」であるレコードから、「条件」の値を読み出す。そして、この「条件」の値が「判断対象:各ユーザ識別情報」という文字列を含むため、プロモーション情報取得部14は、条件情報が、ユーザ識別情報毎の条件情報であると判断する。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報格納部11に格納されている各ユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報を個別に対象として、条件を満たすか否かの判断を行う。 Next, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value of “condition” from the record whose “condition ID” is “003” in the third position from the top of the promotion management information shown in FIG. Since the value of “condition” includes the character string “determination target: each user identification information”, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines that the condition information is condition information for each user identification information. Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the condition is satisfied by individually using the usage information associated with each user identification information stored in the usage information storage unit 11.
 プロモーション情報取得部14は、図7に示した連絡先管理情報の一番上のレコード(ここでは行)から、「ユーザID」の値「U0101」を読み出す。そして、このユーザID「U0101」に対応する利用情報が、上記で読み出した条件情報の「内容:」に続く文字列が示す条件を満たすか否かを判断する。上記で読み出した条件情報の「内容:」以降の文字列が示す条件は、「対応する利用情報に、来店時間帯が17時から18時までの利用情報が、30%以上存在する。」である。来店時間帯は、ここでは、利用情報に含まれる「来店時刻」と「退店時刻」との間の時間帯であるとする。 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value “U0101” of the “user ID” from the top record (here, the row) of the contact management information shown in FIG. Then, it is determined whether or not the usage information corresponding to the user ID “U0101” satisfies the condition indicated by the character string following “content:” of the condition information read out above. The condition indicated by the character string after “contents:” of the condition information read out above is “30% or more of the usage information from 17:00 to 18:00 in the corresponding visit information”. is there. Here, the store visit time zone is assumed to be a time zone between the “store visit time” and the “store exit time” included in the usage information.
 プロモーション情報取得部14は、図4に示した利用管理情報から、「ユーザID」が「U0101」であるレコードを検出する。そして検出した各レコードについて、「来店時刻」または、「退店時刻」の一方が、17時から18時までの時間帯の時刻であるか否かを判断する。そして、この時間帯の時刻であれば、そのレコードは、来店時間帯が17時から18時までの利用情報であると判断され、その利用情報の数がカウントされる。また、「来店時刻」が17時より前で、「退店時刻」が18時よりも後である場合も、そのレコードは、来店時間帯が17時から18時までの利用情報であると判断され、その利用情報の数がカウントされる。それ以外の場合は、来店時間帯が17時から18時までの時間帯でないと判断され、その利用情報はカウントされない。そして、「ユーザID」が「U0101」である全てのレコードについての判断が終わった時点のカウント数を、「ユーザID」が「U0101」であるレコードの総数で除算して、来店時間帯が17時から18時までの利用情報の、「ユーザID」が「U0101」である利用情報のレコードの総数に対する比率を算出する。例えば、ここで算出した比率が、20%であったとする。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、算出した比率が、条件情報が示す値である30%以上であるか否かを判断する。ここでは、30%以上でないため、条件情報が示す条件を満たさないと判断する。このため、プロモーション情報取得部14は、連絡先管理情報の二番目以降の「ユーザID」についても、同様の処理を順次行う。そして、一の「ユーザID」に対応する利用情報について上記と同様に算出した比率が、30%以上である場合には、プロモーション情報取得部14がこの条件情報に対応するプロモーション情報を取得して、送信部16がこの「ユーザID」に対応する「連絡先」にプロモーション情報を順次送信する。そして、この条件情報についての処理を終了する。 The promotion information acquisition part 14 detects the record whose "user ID" is "U0101" from the use management information shown in FIG. For each detected record, it is determined whether one of the “visit time” or the “exit time” is a time in the time zone from 17:00 to 18:00. If the time is within this time zone, the record is determined to be usage information from 17:00 to 18:00, and the number of usage information is counted. Also, if the “visit time” is before 17:00 and the “exit time” is later than 18:00, it is determined that the record is usage information from 17:00 to 18:00. The number of usage information is counted. In other cases, it is determined that the visiting time zone is not a time zone from 17:00 to 18:00, and the usage information is not counted. Then, the count at the time point when all the records having the “user ID” of “U0101” have been determined is divided by the total number of records having the “user ID” of “U0101”, so that the store visit time zone is 17 The ratio of the usage information from the hour to 18:00 with respect to the total number of records of the usage information whose “user ID” is “U0101” is calculated. For example, assume that the ratio calculated here is 20%. And the promotion information acquisition part 14 judges whether the calculated ratio is 30% or more which is the value which condition information shows. Here, since it is not 30% or more, it is determined that the condition indicated by the condition information is not satisfied. Therefore, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 sequentially performs the same processing for the second and subsequent “user IDs” of the contact management information. If the ratio calculated for the usage information corresponding to one “user ID” is 30% or more, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires the promotion information corresponding to the condition information. The transmitting unit 16 sequentially transmits the promotion information to the “contact” corresponding to the “user ID”. And the process about this condition information is complete | finished.
 図11は、情報処理装置1から送信されたプロモーション情報の表示例である。 FIG. 11 is a display example of the promotion information transmitted from the information processing apparatus 1.
 つぎに、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図6に示したプロモーション管理情報の上から4番目の「条件ID」が「004」であるレコードから、「条件」の値を読み出す。そして、この「条件」の値が「判断対象:各ユーザ識別情報」という文字列を含むため、プロモーション情報取得部14は、条件情報が、ユーザ識別情報毎の条件情報であると判断する。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報格納部11に格納されている各ユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報を個別に対象として、条件を満たすか否かの判断を行う。 Next, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value of “condition” from the fourth record “condition ID” “004” from the top of the promotion management information shown in FIG. Since the value of “condition” includes the character string “determination target: each user identification information”, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines that the condition information is condition information for each user identification information. Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines whether or not the condition is satisfied by individually using the usage information associated with each user identification information stored in the usage information storage unit 11.
 プロモーション情報取得部14は、図7に示した連絡先管理情報の一番上のレコード(ここでは行)から、「ユーザID」の値「U0101」を読み出す。そして、このユーザID「U0101」に対応する利用情報が、上記で読み出した条件情報の「内容:」に続く文字列が示す条件を満たすか否かを判断する。上記で読み出した条件情報の「内容:」以降の文字列が示す条件は、「対応する利用情報に、現在空いているテーブルの定員と一致する来客人数を有する利用情報が、50%以上存在する。」である。 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 reads the value “U0101” of the “user ID” from the top record (here, the row) of the contact management information shown in FIG. Then, it is determined whether or not the usage information corresponding to the user ID “U0101” satisfies the condition indicated by the character string following “content:” of the condition information read out above. The condition indicated by the character string after “contents:” of the condition information read out above is “the usage information having the number of visitors matching the capacity of the currently vacant table exists in the corresponding usage information of 50% or more. . "
 まず、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図4に示した利用情報の中から、現在状況情報を含む全ての利用情報のレコード、即ち「退店時刻」が空欄(あるいはNull値)である利用情報のレコードを検出し、検出したレコードにそれぞれ含まれる「テーブルID」の値を取得する。 First, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 records all the usage information including the current situation information from the usage information shown in FIG. 4, that is, usage information whose “store time” is blank (or Null value). The record is detected, and the value of “table ID” included in each detected record is acquired.
 図12は、飲食店Aのテーブルとその座席数とを管理するテーブル管理情報を示す図である。このテーブル管理情報は、例えば、プロモーション情報格納部13や図示しない記憶媒体等に予め格納されているものとする。あるいは、情報処理装置1の外部のアクセス可能な記憶媒体等に格納されていても良い。テーブル管理情報は、「テーブルID」と、「座席数」という属性を有している。「テーブルID」はテーブルの識別情報であり、ここでは、テーブル番号であるとする。「座席数」は、各テーブルに設けられた座席数である。 FIG. 12 is a diagram showing table management information for managing the table of restaurant A and the number of seats thereof. This table management information is assumed to be stored in advance in, for example, the promotion information storage unit 13 or a storage medium (not shown). Alternatively, it may be stored in an accessible storage medium or the like outside the information processing apparatus 1. The table management information has attributes of “table ID” and “seat number”. “Table ID” is identification information of a table, and here it is assumed to be a table number. “Number of seats” is the number of seats provided in each table.
 プロモーション情報取得部14は、図12が示す「テーブルID」から、上記で利用情報から取得した「テーブルID」を除外して、図12が示す「テーブルID」のうちの、利用情報から取得した「テーブルID」と重複しない「テーブルID」を検出する。ここでは、重複しない「テーブルID」として、「T02」、「T07」、「T08」、「T09」、「T10」が検出されたとする。そして、検出した「テーブルID」に対応する「座席数」の値を、重複した値を複数取得しないように取得する。ここでは、プロモーション情報取得部14は、「座席数」の値として、「4」を取得する。 The promotion information acquisition unit 14 excludes the “table ID” acquired from the usage information above from the “table ID” shown in FIG. 12 and acquires it from the usage information in the “table ID” shown in FIG. A “table ID” that does not overlap with the “table ID” is detected. Here, it is assumed that “T02”, “T07”, “T08”, “T09”, and “T10” are detected as non-overlapping “table IDs”. Then, the “number of seats” corresponding to the detected “table ID” is acquired so as not to acquire a plurality of duplicate values. Here, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires “4” as the value of “the number of seats”.
 次に、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図4に示した利用管理情報から、「ユーザID」が「U0101」であるレコードを検出する。そして検出した各レコードについて、「来店人数」の値が、上記で取得した「座席数」の値「4」と一致するレコードを検出し、検出したレコードの数をカウントする。カウントしたレコード数が、「12」であったとする。また「ユーザID」が「U0101」であるレコードの総数が「20」であったとする。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、カウントしたレコード数「12」を、レコードの総数「20」で除算して、ユーザID「U0101」と対応付けられた利用情報のうちの、「来店人数」が現在空いているテーブルの定員(即ち、ここでは、「座席数」)と一致する利用情報の比率を算出する。算出した比率は、60%となる。そして、この比率が、条件情報が示す比率である50%以上であるか否かを判断する。ここでは、50%以上であるため、プロモーション情報取得部14は、上記の条件を満たすと判断する。このため、プロモーション情報取得部14は、上記と同様に、この条件情報に対応付けられたプロモーション情報を取得し、送信部16がユーザID「U0101」に対応する連絡先情報が示す連絡先にプロモーション情報を送信する。 Next, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 detects a record whose “user ID” is “U0101” from the usage management information shown in FIG. Then, for each detected record, a record in which the value of “number of customers” matches the value “4” of the “number of seats” acquired above is detected, and the number of detected records is counted. Assume that the counted number of records is “12”. Further, it is assumed that the total number of records whose “user ID” is “U0101” is “20”. Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 divides the counted number of records “12” by the total number of records “20”, and the “number of customers” of the usage information associated with the user ID “U0101” is calculated. The ratio of the usage information that matches the capacity of the currently vacant table (that is, “the number of seats” in this case) is calculated. The calculated ratio is 60%. And it is judged whether this ratio is 50% or more which is a ratio which condition information shows. Here, since it is 50% or more, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines that the above condition is satisfied. For this reason, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 acquires the promotion information associated with the condition information, as described above, and the transmission unit 16 promotes to the contact indicated by the contact information corresponding to the user ID “U0101”. Send information.
 図13は、情報処理装置1から送信されたプロモーション情報の表示例である。 FIG. 13 is a display example of the promotion information transmitted from the information processing apparatus 1.
 また、プロモーション情報取得部14は、図7に示した連絡先管理情報の上から二番目以降のレコードについてもそれぞれ上記と同様の処理を繰り返される。そして、この条件情報についての処理を終了する。 Further, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 repeats the same processing as described above for the second and subsequent records from the top of the contact management information shown in FIG. And the process about this condition information is complete | finished.
 なお、一の「ユーザID」に対応する注文履歴情報について算出した上記の比率が、50%以上である場合、この「ユーザID」が示すユーザについてはプロモーション情報の取得および送信は行われない。 When the above-mentioned ratio calculated for the order history information corresponding to one “user ID” is 50% or more, the promotion information is not acquired and transmitted for the user indicated by this “user ID”.
 このように、ユーザの利用情報が条件情報を満たす場合に、この条件情報に応じたプロモーション情報を取得して送信することで、ユーザの利用状況に応じた適切なプロモーションを行うことが可能となる。 As described above, when the user usage information satisfies the condition information, by acquiring and transmitting the promotion information according to the condition information, it is possible to perform an appropriate promotion according to the user usage status. .
 ここで、プロモーション情報取得部14が、飲食店Aについての利用情報から、上述したようにユーザが来店する頻度の低い時間帯であるアイドルタイムを検出し、アイドルタイムの予め指定された時間だけ前の時刻にプロモーション情報を取得し、このプロモーション情報を送信部16が送信する場合の例について以下に説明する。 Here, the promotion information acquisition part 14 detects the idle time which is a time slot | zone with which a user visits a low frequency from the usage information about the restaurant A as mentioned above, and only the predetermined time of an idle time is ahead. An example in which the promotion information is acquired at the time and the transmission unit 16 transmits the promotion information will be described below.
 まず、プロモーション情報取得部14は、飲食店Aの営業時間を複数の時間帯に分割する。ここでは、飲食店Aの営業時間は、17時から23時までとし、この営業時間を、各正時を分割位置(分割する時刻)として6つの時間帯に分割する。 First, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 divides the business hours of the restaurant A into a plurality of time zones. Here, the business hours of restaurant A are from 17:00 to 23:00, and the business hours are divided into six time zones with each hour as a division position (division time).
 そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、利用情報格納部11に格納されている全ての利用情報の中から、来店時間帯(即ち「来店時刻」と「退店時刻」との間の時間帯)が分割した各時間帯を含む利用情報の数を、分割した各時間帯ごとにカウントする。この処理は、「ユーザID」毎に処理を行わない点を除けば、上記の「条件ID」が「003」の処理と同様である。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、分割した各時間帯ごとに取得したカウント数を、全ての利用情報数で分割して、ユーザの来店する頻度を算出する。 Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 has a store visit time zone (that is, a time zone between “store visit time” and “store exit time”) out of all the use information stored in the use information storage unit 11. The number of usage information including each divided time zone is counted for each divided time zone. This process is the same as the process in which the “condition ID” is “003” except that the process is not performed for each “user ID”. And the promotion information acquisition part 14 divides | segments the count number acquired for every divided | segmented each time slot | zone by all the usage information numbers, and calculates the frequency that a user visits a store.
 図14は、プロモーション情報取得部14が算出した営業時間内における時間帯別のユーザの来店する頻度を示す図である。「時間帯」は、営業時間が正時で分割した時間帯を示し、「来店頻度」は、ユーザの来店する頻度を示す。 FIG. 14 is a diagram showing the frequency of user visits by time of the business hours calculated by the promotion information acquisition unit 14. “Time zone” indicates a time zone in which the business hours are divided at the hour, and “Visit frequency” indicates the frequency at which the user visits the store.
 そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、「来店頻度」の値が一番小さい「時間帯」が示す時間帯である「17時00分~17時59分」をアイドルタイムに決定する。ただし、最も遅い時間帯等(ここでは、22時00分~22時59分)を、アイドルタイム等の対象から除外するようにしても良い。 Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 determines “17:00 to 17:59”, which is the time zone indicated by the “time zone” having the smallest “visit frequency”, as the idle time. However, the latest time zone (here, 22:00 to 22:59) may be excluded from the object such as the idle time.
 そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、このアイドルタイムの開始時刻である「17時00分」よりも予め指定された時間である30分だけ早い時刻である「16時30分」を、アイドルタイムに関するプロモーション情報を送信する時刻に設定する。 Then, the promotion information acquisition unit 14 sets “16:30”, which is a time that is 30 minutes earlier than the “17:00” that is the start time of the idle time, to the idle time. Set to the time to send promotional information.
 そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、現在の時刻が、このアイドルタイムに関するプロモーション情報を送信する時刻となった場合、プロモーション情報を送信する処理を行う。ただし、ここでは、この処理に利用する条件情報としては、上述した条件情報とは異なり、予めアイドルタイムに対して対応付けられた条件情報を用いるものとする。この条件情報は、例えば、プロモーション情報格納部13に、プロモーション情報と対応付けて予め格納しておく。この条件情報として、例えば、「判断対象:各ユーザ識別情報 内容:対応する利用情報に、来店時間がアイドルタイムである利用情報が、30%以上存在する」という条件情報が利用可能である。また、この条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報としては、どのようなプロモーション情報であっても良い。ただし、プロモーション情報の有効期間を指定しないもの、あるいは、有効期間をアイドルタイムに設定したものとすることが好ましい。そして、プロモーション情報取得部14は、この条件情報を用いて、上記と同様に利用情報が条件を満たすか否かの判断処理を行い、条件を満たす場合に、上記のプロモーション情報を取得して、送信部16が取得したプロモーション情報をユーザに送信するようにすればよい。 And the promotion information acquisition part 14 performs the process which transmits promotion information, when the present time becomes the time which transmits the promotion information regarding this idle time. However, here, as the condition information used for this processing, unlike the above-described condition information, condition information previously associated with the idle time is used. For example, the condition information is stored in advance in the promotion information storage unit 13 in association with the promotion information. As this condition information, for example, it is possible to use the condition information that “judgment target: each user identification information content: usage information corresponding to the store visit time is idle time is 30% or more in the corresponding usage information”. Further, any promotion information may be used as the promotion information associated with the condition information. However, it is preferable that the effective period of the promotion information is not specified, or the effective period is set to idle time. And the promotion information acquisition part 14 performs the judgment process whether utilization information satisfy | fills conditions similarly to the above using this condition information, and when satisfy | filling conditions, acquires said promotion information, What is necessary is just to make it transmit the promotion information which the transmission part 16 acquired to a user.
 なお、上記具体例において説明した条件情報の閾値となる数値等は、適宜変更可能であり、飲食店の管理者等が設定した予め指定された値であればよい。 In addition, the numerical value used as the threshold value of the condition information described in the specific example can be changed as appropriate, and may be a value designated in advance by a restaurant manager or the like.
 以上、本実施の形態によれば、ユーザの利用情報に応じたプロモーション情報を選択して、送信することができるため、ユーザに対して、飲食店の店舗への来店を促すためのプロモーションの情報を適切に提供することができる。 As mentioned above, according to this Embodiment, since the promotion information according to a user's usage information can be selected and transmitted, the information of the promotion for encouraging the user to visit a restaurant store Can be provided appropriately.
 (実施の形態2)
 以下、本実施の形態2における予約情報処理装置について図面を参照して説明する。なお、特許請求の範囲の用語の意義を解釈するために本発明の詳細な説明の記載を参照する際において、実施の形態1の記載と実施の形態2の記載との間で用語の定義や処理内容等の説明が食い違っている場合、本実施の形態2の記載を優先する。
(Embodiment 2)
Hereinafter, the reservation information processing apparatus according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. When referring to the description of the detailed description of the present invention in order to interpret the meaning of terms in the claims, definitions of terms between the description of Embodiment 1 and the description of Embodiment 2 In the case where the description of the processing content is different, the description in the second embodiment is given priority.
 図15は、本発明の実施の形態2における予約情報処理装置100のブロック図である。 FIG. 15 is a block diagram of reservation information processing apparatus 100 according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
 予約情報処理装置100は、利用箇所格納部111、予約情報格納部112、利用状況格納部113、利用状況受付部114、予約照会情報受付部115、空き状況情報取得部116、予約判断部117、予約画面格納部118、行列予約画面格納部119、出力部120、行列予約情報格納部121、予約指示受付部122、予約情報蓄積部123、行列予約指示受付部124、及び、行列予約情報蓄積部125を備える。 The reservation information processing apparatus 100 includes a usage location storage unit 111, a reservation information storage unit 112, a usage status storage unit 113, a usage status reception unit 114, a reservation inquiry information reception unit 115, a vacancy status information acquisition unit 116, a reservation determination unit 117, Reservation screen storage unit 118, matrix reservation screen storage unit 119, output unit 120, matrix reservation information storage unit 121, reservation instruction reception unit 122, reservation information storage unit 123, matrix reservation instruction reception unit 124, and matrix reservation information storage unit 125.
 利用箇所格納部111には、利用箇所情報が格納される。利用箇所情報は、飲食店内の1または2以上の利用箇所に関する情報である。利用箇所とは、飲食店内におけるユーザが利用可能な箇所であり、例えば、座席やテーブル、個室等である。利用箇所情報は、例えば、利用箇所の識別情報である。利用箇所の識別情報は、例えば、座席番号や座席コード、テーブル番号、個室名や、個室番号、座敷名等である。飲食店とは、例えば、レストランや、喫茶店、居酒屋等の、飲食物を提供する店舗等である。ユーザとは、飲食店の顧客である。ここでのユーザは、個人であってもグループであっても良い。利用箇所識別情報は、利用箇所の数を示す情報であっても良い。利用箇所の数は、例えば、飲食店内の座席数や、テーブル数、個室数、座敷数等である。利用箇所格納部111には、例えば、飲食店内の全ての利用箇所について利用箇所情報が格納される。例えば、利用箇所情報が利用箇所の識別情報である場合、利用箇所格納部111には、飲食店内の全ての利用箇所の識別情報が格納される。また、利用箇所情報が飲食店内の利用箇所の数を示す情報である場合、利用箇所情報格納部11には、飲食店内の全ての利用箇所の数を示す利用箇所情報が格納される。ただし、利用箇所格納部111には、飲食店内の一部の利用箇所を除外した残りの利用箇所についての利用箇所情報が格納されるようにしても良い。この一部は、例えば、予備用の座席等の、予め指定された利用箇所である。利用箇所情報が利用箇所の識別情報である場合、利用箇所格納部111には、例えば、1または2以上の利用箇所識別情報が格納される。 In the usage location storage unit 111, usage location information is stored. The usage location information is information relating to one or more usage locations in the restaurant. A use location is a location where a user in a restaurant can use, for example, a seat, a table, a private room, or the like. The usage location information is, for example, usage location identification information. The usage location identification information is, for example, a seat number, a seat code, a table number, a private room name, a private room number, a tatami room name, or the like. A restaurant is a restaurant or the like that provides food and drink such as a restaurant, a coffee shop, and a tavern. A user is a customer of a restaurant. The user here may be an individual or a group. The usage location identification information may be information indicating the number of usage locations. The number of places used is, for example, the number of seats in a restaurant, the number of tables, the number of private rooms, the number of seats, and the like. In the usage location storage unit 111, for example, usage location information is stored for all usage locations in the restaurant. For example, when the usage location information is the usage location identification information, the usage location storage unit 111 stores the identification information of all the usage locations in the restaurant. When the usage location information is information indicating the number of usage locations in the restaurant, the usage location information storage unit 11 stores usage location information indicating the number of all usage locations in the restaurant. However, the usage location information may be stored in the usage location storage unit 111 for the remaining usage locations excluding some usage locations in the restaurant. This part is, for example, a use location designated in advance, such as a spare seat. When the usage location information is the usage location identification information, the usage location storage unit 111 stores, for example, one or more usage location identification information.
 利用箇所格納部111は、不揮発性の記録媒体が好適であるが、揮発性の記録媒体でも実現可能である。かかることは、他の格納部についても同様である。 The use location storage unit 111 is preferably a non-volatile recording medium, but can also be realized by a volatile recording medium. The same applies to other storage units.
 予約情報格納部112には、1または2以上の予約情報が格納される。予約情報は、飲食店におけるユーザの予約を示す情報である。予約情報は、例えば、利用箇所情報を有する情報である。予約情報が有する利用箇所情報は、ユーザが予約した利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報である。例えば、予約情報が有する利用箇所情報は、ユーザが予約した利用箇所の識別情報である。例えば、予約情報が有する利用箇所情報は、ユーザが予約した利用箇所の数であってもよい。予約情報は、更に予約したユーザのユーザ識別情報を有していても良い。ユーザ識別情報は、ユーザの識別情報であり、例えば、ユーザの名前や、ユーザの会員番号、携帯電話番号、メールアドレス等である。予約情報が有するユーザ識別情報は、予約したユーザのユーザ識別情報である。予約情報は、予約した時間帯を示す情報を有していても良い。予約した時間帯とは、例えば、予約が有効となる時間帯である。予約した時間帯を示す情報は、例えば、予約した時間帯の開始時刻と終了時刻とを含む情報や、時間帯の開始時刻と時間帯の継続時間とを示す情報とを含む情報である。ただし、予約した時間帯を示す情報は、予約した時間帯を代表する時刻等として良く、例えば、時間帯の開始時刻や中間の時刻等であってもよい。例えば、予約した時間帯を示す情報が、予約した時間帯の開始時刻である場合、予約した時間帯は、この開始時刻から、飲食店の営業の終了時刻までの時刻や、開始時刻から、予め指定された一定または不定の時間が経過した時刻までの時間帯であっても良い。また、ここでの時間帯を示す情報は、日付の情報等を含んでいても良い。予約した時間帯を示す情報は、例えば、午前、午後、前半、後半、ランチタイム、喫茶タイム、ディナータイム等の時間帯の名称であっても良い。この場合、例えば、この名称と実際の時間帯とが、予め対応付けられているようにする。また、予約情報は、予約した人数や、飲食物の注文内容を示す情報や、ユーザ等からの飲食物やサービス等に関する要望を示す情報を有していても良い。また、予約情報は、飲食店の利用目的等の、その後の販売促進活動等に利用可能な情報等を含んでいても良い。 The reservation information storage unit 112 stores one or more reservation information. The reservation information is information indicating a user's reservation at the restaurant. The reservation information is, for example, information having usage location information. The usage location information included in the reservation information is usage location information related to the usage location reserved by the user. For example, the usage location information included in the reservation information is identification information of the usage location reserved by the user. For example, the usage location information included in the reservation information may be the number of usage locations reserved by the user. The reservation information may further include user identification information of the reserved user. The user identification information is user identification information, such as a user name, a user membership number, a mobile phone number, and an e-mail address. The user identification information included in the reservation information is user identification information of the reserved user. The reservation information may include information indicating the reserved time zone. The reserved time zone is, for example, a time zone during which the reservation is valid. The information indicating the reserved time zone is, for example, information including information including the start time and end time of the reserved time zone, and information indicating the start time of the time zone and the duration of the time zone. However, the information indicating the reserved time zone may be a time representative of the reserved time zone, and may be, for example, the start time of the time zone or an intermediate time. For example, when the information indicating the reserved time zone is the start time of the reserved time zone, the reserved time zone is determined in advance from the time from the start time to the restaurant end time, or from the start time. It may be a time zone up to the time when a specified constant or indefinite time has passed. In addition, the information indicating the time zone here may include date information and the like. The information indicating the reserved time zone may be, for example, names of time zones such as morning, afternoon, first half, second half, lunch time, coffee time, dinner time, and the like. In this case, for example, this name is associated with the actual time zone in advance. In addition, the reservation information may include information indicating the number of people who have made reservations, information indicating the order contents of food and drink, and information indicating requests regarding food and drinks and services from users and the like. Further, the reservation information may include information that can be used for subsequent sales promotion activities, such as the purpose of use of the restaurant.
 利用状況格納部113には、1または2以上の利用状況情報が格納される。利用状況情報は、飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している1または2以上の利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有する情報である。利用状況情報は、例えば、飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している1または2以上の利用箇所の識別情報である利用箇所情報を有する情報である。また、利用状況情報は、例えば、飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している1または2以上の利用箇所の数を示す利用箇所情報を有する情報である。利用状況情報は、例えば、飲食店に来店しているユーザのユーザ識別情報と、このユーザが利用している1または2以上の利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報とを有する情報であってもよい。利用状況情報は、更に、ユーザの来店時刻の情報を有していても良い。なお、来店時刻は、ユーザが利用箇所の利用を開始した時刻やそれに相当する時刻と考えても良い。また、利用状況情報は、更に、ユーザが注文した飲食物を示す情報である注文履歴情報を有していても良い。注文履歴情報は、ユーザが注文した飲食物を示す情報である。注文履歴情報は、例えば、ユーザが注文した飲食物の識別情報や、その飲食物の数量等の情報を有している。また、注文履歴情報は、注文を行った順番や時刻等を示す情報を有していても良い。なお、ユーザが飲食店を退店後、あるいは、飲食代等の支払を終えた後は、このユーザのユーザ識別情報を有する利用状況情報は削除するようにしても良い。あるいは、この利用状況情報には、後述する空き状況情報を取得する処理等で利用しない情報であることを示すための、フラグや退店時刻等の情報を付与するようにしてもよい。 The usage status storage unit 113 stores one or more usage status information. The usage status information is information having usage location information regarding one or more usage locations used by a user visiting a restaurant. The usage status information is, for example, information having usage location information that is identification information of one or more usage locations used by a user visiting a restaurant. Moreover, utilization status information is information which has the utilization location information which shows the number of 1 or 2 or more utilization locations which the user who has visited the restaurant uses, for example. The usage status information may be, for example, information including user identification information of a user visiting a restaurant and usage location information regarding one or more usage locations used by the user. The usage status information may further include information on the visit time of the user. The visit time may be considered as the time when the user starts using the use location or the time corresponding to it. Further, the usage status information may further include order history information that is information indicating food and drink ordered by the user. The order history information is information indicating food and drink ordered by the user. The order history information includes, for example, identification information of food and drink ordered by the user and information such as the quantity of the food and drink. Further, the order history information may include information indicating the order and time when the order is placed. In addition, after the user leaves the restaurant or finishes paying for the food and drink, the usage status information including the user identification information of the user may be deleted. Or you may make it give information, such as a flag and a store closing time, to show that it is information which is not used by the process etc. which acquire the vacancy status information mentioned later to this usage status information.
 利用状況受付部114は、飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を受け付ける。利用状況受付部114は、例えば、飲食店に来店しているユーザのユーザ識別情報と、ユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報とを受け付けてもよい。ユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報とは、例えば、ユーザが利用している利用箇所の識別情報である。ユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報は、例えば、ユーザが利用している利用箇所の数を示す情報であっても良い。利用状況受付部114は、受け付けた利用箇所情報を有する利用状況情報を、利用状況格納部113に蓄積する。利用状況受付部114は、例えば、受け付けたユーザ識別情報と利用箇所情報とを有する利用状況情報を、利用状況格納部113に蓄積しても良い。利用状況受付部114は、更に、利用状況情報を蓄積する直前の時刻等を、図示しない時計や図示しないNTP(Network Time Protocol)サーバ等から取得するようにして、この時刻を含む利用状況情報を蓄積するようにしても良い。また、利用状況受付部114は、更に、ユーザが注文した飲食物の識別情報や、その飲食物の数量等の情報を受け付け、受け付けたこれらの情報で構成される注文履歴情報を更に含む利用状況情報を蓄積しても良い。また、一旦、ユーザ識別情報等を有する利用状況情報を蓄積した後に、ユーザが注文した飲食物の識別情報や、その飲食物の数量等の情報を追加で受け付け、これらの情報を有する注文履歴情報を、注文を行ったユーザのユーザ識別情報を有する利用状況情報に追記するようにしても良い。飲食物の識別情報とは、例えば、飲食物名や、飲食物に割り当てられたコード等である。 The usage status reception unit 114 receives usage location information regarding usage locations used by users who visit restaurants. The usage status reception unit 114 may receive, for example, user identification information of a user who has visited a restaurant and usage location information regarding a usage location used by the user. The usage location information related to the usage location used by the user is, for example, identification information of the usage location used by the user. The usage location information regarding the usage location used by the user may be information indicating the number of usage locations used by the user, for example. The usage status reception unit 114 accumulates usage status information having the received usage location information in the usage status storage unit 113. For example, the usage status reception unit 114 may accumulate usage status information including the received user identification information and usage location information in the usage status storage unit 113. The usage status reception unit 114 further obtains the usage status information including this time by acquiring the time immediately before storing the usage status information from a clock (not shown) or an NTP (Network Time Protocol) server (not shown). You may make it accumulate. Further, the usage status reception unit 114 further receives information such as the identification information of the food and drink ordered by the user and the information such as the quantity of the food and beverage, and further includes order history information including the received information. Information may be accumulated. In addition, after accumulating usage status information having user identification information, etc., additional information such as identification information of food and drink ordered by the user and the quantity of the food and drink is received, and order history information having these information May be added to the usage status information having the user identification information of the user who placed the order. The food / beverage identification information is, for example, a food / beverage name or a code assigned to the food / beverage.
 ここでの受け付けとは、キーボードやマウス、タッチパネルなどの入力デバイスから入力された情報の受け付け、有線もしくは無線の通信回線を介して送信された情報の受信などを含む概念である。例えば、利用状況受付部114は、図示しない携帯情報端末等から送信されたユーザ識別情報と利用箇所情報とを受け付けても良い。この携帯情報端末は、例えば、ユーザが利用する注文を行うための端末であっても良いし、飲食店の店員が利用する注文を受け付けるための端末であっても良い。 “Accepting here” is a concept including accepting information input from an input device such as a keyboard, mouse, touch panel, and receiving information transmitted via a wired or wireless communication line. For example, the usage status receiving unit 114 may receive user identification information and usage location information transmitted from a portable information terminal (not shown) or the like. This portable information terminal may be, for example, a terminal for making an order used by a user, or a terminal for receiving an order used by a restaurant clerk.
 ユーザ識別情報や利用箇所情報の入力手段は、テンキーやキーボードやマウスやメニュー画面によるもの等、何でも良い。利用状況受付部114は、テンキーやキーボード等の入力手段のデバイスドライバーや、メニュー画面の制御ソフトウェア、通信デバイスやそのデバイスドライバー等で実現され得る。 The user identification information and usage location information input means may be anything such as a numeric keypad, keyboard, mouse or menu screen. The usage status reception unit 114 can be realized by a device driver for input means such as a numeric keypad or a keyboard, control software for a menu screen, a communication device, its device driver, or the like.
 予約照会情報受付部115は、飲食店に対するユーザの予約の可否を照会する情報である予約照会情報を受け付ける。予約可否情報は、例えば、予約の可否の照会を行うことを示す情報を含む情報である。予約照会情報は、例えば、予約の可否を照会することを指示する情報(例えば、命令等)を含む情報と考えても良い。予約照会情報は、例えば、ユーザのユーザ識別情報を有していても良い。このユーザとは、例えば、予約が照会されるユーザ、具体的には予約の可否が判断されるユーザである。予約照会情報は、予約についての条件を有していても良い。予約についての条件とは、例えば、予約したい時間帯を示す情報や、予約したい座席等の利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報、予約人数、禁煙席の指定の有無等である。予約したい座席等の利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報とは、具体的には、予約したい利用箇所の識別情報や、予約したい利用箇所の数である。予約したい時間帯を示す情報は、例えば、予約の開始時刻、具体的にはユーザが来店する時刻であっても良い。ここでの時刻は、日付も含む概念である。なお、予約照会情報受付部115が、ユーザ識別情報や、予約条件等の入力を受け付けたことを、ここでは、予約照会情報の受け付けと考えてもよい。この場合、予約の可否を照会することを指示する情報は含まなくても良い。 The reservation inquiry information receiving unit 115 receives reservation inquiry information that is information for inquiring whether or not a user can make a reservation for a restaurant. The reservation availability information is, for example, information including information indicating that a reservation availability inquiry is performed. The reservation inquiry information may be considered as information including information (for example, a command or the like) that instructs to inquire whether reservation is possible. For example, the reservation inquiry information may include user identification information of the user. This user is, for example, a user whose reservation is inquired, specifically a user whose reservation is determined. The reservation inquiry information may have a reservation condition. The conditions for reservation include, for example, information indicating a time zone desired to be reserved, use location information regarding a use location such as a seat to be reserved, the number of reserved people, whether or not a non-smoking seat is designated, and the like. The usage location information regarding the usage location such as a seat to be reserved is specifically the identification information of the usage location to be reserved and the number of usage locations to be reserved. The information indicating the time slot to be reserved may be, for example, the reservation start time, specifically the time when the user visits the store. The time here is a concept including a date. Here, it may be considered that the reservation inquiry information receiving unit 115 receives user identification information, reservation conditions, and the like as reception of reservation inquiry information. In this case, it is not necessary to include information instructing to inquire whether reservation is possible.
 ここでの要求情報の受け付けや、その入力手段等は、上述した利用状況受付部114において説明した受け付けや、入力手段等と同様である。予約照会情報受付部115は、テンキーやキーボード等の入力手段のデバイスドライバーや、メニュー画面の制御ソフトウェア等で実現され得る。 Here, the reception of request information and the input means thereof are the same as the reception and input means described in the above-described usage status reception unit 114. The reservation inquiry information receiving unit 115 can be realized by a device driver of input means such as a numeric keypad or a keyboard, control software for a menu screen, or the like.
 空き状況情報取得部116は、利用箇所格納部111に格納されている利用箇所情報と、予約情報に含まれる利用箇所情報と、利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報とを用いて、予約可能な利用箇所についての状況を示す情報である空き状況情報を取得する。空き状況情報とは、予約可能な利用箇所の数を含む情報であっても良いし、予約可能な1または2以上の利用箇所の識別情報を含む情報であっても良い。また、空き状況情報は、予約可能な利用箇所の有無を示す情報でも良い。また、空き状況情報は、予約可能な時間帯を示す情報であっても良い。予約可能な時間帯を示す情報は、その時間帯の開始時刻の情報であっても良いし、その時間帯の開始時刻と終了時刻とを特定可能な情報であっても良い。また、空き状況情報は、上記の情報の2以上の組合せであっても良い。空き状況情報は、結果的に、予約が可能な利用箇所の有無を判断可能な情報であればよい。 The vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 can make a reservation using the usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111, the usage location information included in the reservation information, and the usage location information included in the usage status information. Free space information, which is information indicating the status of the usage location, is acquired. The availability information may be information including the number of use locations that can be reserved, or information including identification information of one or more use locations that can be reserved. Further, the availability information may be information indicating the presence / absence of a useable part that can be reserved. Further, the availability information may be information indicating a reservable time zone. The information indicating the reservable time zone may be information on the start time of the time zone, or information capable of specifying the start time and the end time of the time zone. Further, the availability information may be a combination of two or more of the above information. As a result, the availability information may be information that can be used to determine whether there is a use location that can be reserved.
 以下、利用箇所情報が利用箇所の識別情報である場合の例について、空き状況情報取得部116の処理を説明する。例えば、空き状況情報取得部116は、利用箇所格納部111に格納されている利用箇所情報から、予約情報に含まれる利用箇所情報と、利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報とを除外して得られた利用箇所情報、あるいはその総数を、空き状況情報として取得する。また、空き状況情報取得部116は、利用箇所格納部111に格納されている利用箇所情報の総数から、予約情報に含まれる利用箇所情報の総数と、利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報の総数とを減算して得られた数を、空き状況情報として取得しても良い。あるいは得られた数が1以上であれば、予約可能な利用箇所があることを示す空き状況情報を取得し、それ以外の場合は、予約可能な利用箇所がないことを示す空き状況情報を取得しても良い。 Hereinafter, processing of the availability information acquisition unit 116 will be described with respect to an example in which the usage location information is identification information of usage location. For example, the availability status information acquisition unit 116 obtains the usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111 by excluding the usage location information included in the reservation information and the usage location information included in the usage status information. The obtained usage location information or the total number thereof is acquired as availability information. In addition, the availability status information acquisition unit 116 determines the total number of usage location information included in the reservation information and the total usage location information included in the usage status information from the total usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111. The number obtained by subtracting and may be acquired as the availability information. Alternatively, if the obtained number is 1 or more, the availability information indicating that there is a useable part that can be reserved is obtained, and if not, the availability information indicating that there is no available useable part is obtained. You may do it.
 なお、利用箇所情報が利用箇所の数である場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、利用箇所格納部111に格納されている利用箇所情報(ここでは利用箇所数)から、予約情報に含まれる利用箇所情報と、利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報とを減算して得られた数を、空き状況情報として取得する。あるいは、得られた数が1以上であれば、予約可能な利用箇所があることを示す空き状況情報を取得し、それ以外の場合は、予約可能な利用箇所がないことを示す空き状況情報を取得しても良い。 When the usage location information is the number of usage locations, the availability information acquisition unit 116 uses the usage information included in the reservation information from the usage location information (here, the number of usage locations) stored in the usage location storage unit 111. The number obtained by subtracting the location information and the usage location information included in the usage status information is acquired as the availability status information. Alternatively, if the obtained number is 1 or more, the availability information indicating that there is a useable part that can be reserved is obtained, and otherwise, the availability information indicating that there is no available useable part is obtained. You may get it.
 予約情報に、予約が実行される時間帯を示す情報が含まれており、予約照会情報に予約を実行する時間帯を示す情報が含まれていない場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、更に、予約が可能な時間帯を示す情報を取得するようにしても良い。また、空き状況情報取得部116は、この時間帯の情報を、利用箇所情報毎に取得するようにしても良い。この時間帯を示す情報は、例えば、一または複数の利用箇所情報に対応付けられた予約情報に含まれる予約された時間帯を示す情報と、上記と同じ利用箇所情報に対応付けられた利用状況情報が示している現在ユーザが利用している時間帯を示す情報との、いずれにも重ならない予め指定された長さの時間帯を検出することにより取得可能である。なお、予約された時間帯は、予約の開始時刻から予め指定されたルール等で推定される時間帯としても良い。このルールは、例えば、予め指定された長さの時間を加算するルール等である。現在ユーザが利用している時間帯も、ユーザの来店時刻から、同様の予め指定されたルール等で推定される時間帯としても良い。かかることは、以下においても同様である。 If the reservation information includes information indicating the time zone in which the reservation is executed, and the reservation inquiry information does not include information indicating the time zone in which the reservation is executed, the availability information acquisition unit 116 further includes: You may make it acquire the information which shows the time slot | zone which can be reserved. Further, the availability information acquisition unit 116 may acquire information on this time zone for each piece of usage location information. The information indicating the time zone includes, for example, information indicating the reserved time zone included in the reservation information associated with one or a plurality of usage location information, and the usage status associated with the same usage location information as described above. It can be acquired by detecting a time zone of a predesignated length that does not overlap any of the information indicating the time zone currently used by the user indicated by the information. It should be noted that the reserved time zone may be a time zone estimated by a rule or the like designated in advance from the reservation start time. This rule is, for example, a rule for adding a predetermined length of time. The time zone currently used by the user may also be a time zone estimated from the user's visit time according to the same rules specified in advance. The same applies to the following.
 また、予約情報に、予約が実行される時間帯を示す情報が含まれており、予約照会情報にも予約についての条件として時間帯を示す情報が含まれている場合を考える。この場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、例えば、利用箇所格納部111に格納されている利用箇所情報から、予約照会情報が示す時間帯と重なる時間帯の予約情報に含まれる利用箇所情報と、予約照会情報が示す時間帯と重なる時間帯の利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報とを除外する。ここでの重なる時間帯は、少なくとも一部が重なることも含む概念と考えて良い。かかることは、以下においても同様である。そして、得られた利用箇所情報、または、その総数を、空き状況情報として取得するようにしてもよい。また、得られた数が1以上であれば、空き状況情報取得部116は、予約可能な利用箇所があることを示す空き状況情報を取得しても良い。あるいは、利用箇所格納部111に格納されている利用箇所情報の総数から、予約照会情報が示す時間帯と重なる時間帯の予約情報に含まれる利用箇所情報の総数と、予約照会情報が示す時間帯と重なる時間帯の利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報の総数とを除外する。そして、これにより得られた数を、空き状況情報として取得するようにしてもよい。また、得られた数が1以上であれば、空き状況情報取得部116は、予約可能な利用箇所があることを示す空き状況情報を取得しても良い。 Also, let us consider a case where the reservation information includes information indicating the time zone in which the reservation is executed, and the reservation inquiry information includes information indicating the time zone as a condition for the reservation. In this case, for example, the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 uses the usage location information included in the reservation information in the time zone that overlaps the time zone indicated by the reservation inquiry information from the usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111; The usage location information included in the usage status information in the time zone that overlaps the time zone indicated by the reservation inquiry information is excluded. The overlapping time zone here may be considered as a concept including at least partly overlapping. The same applies to the following. Then, the obtained usage location information or the total number thereof may be acquired as availability information. If the obtained number is 1 or more, the availability information acquisition unit 116 may acquire availability information indicating that there is a use location that can be reserved. Alternatively, from the total number of usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111, the total number of usage location information included in the reservation information in the time zone that overlaps the time zone indicated by the reservation query information, and the time zone indicated by the reservation query information And the total number of usage location information included in the usage status information in the time zone that overlaps with. And you may make it acquire the number obtained by this as empty condition information. If the obtained number is 1 or more, the availability information acquisition unit 116 may acquire availability information indicating that there is a use location that can be reserved.
 予約照会情報が示す時間帯と重なる時間帯の予約情報とは、例えば、予約照会情報に含まれる時間帯を示す情報が示す時間帯と重なる期間を有する時間帯を示す情報が含まれる予約情報である。具体的には、予約照会情報に含まれる時間帯を示す情報と、予約情報に含まれる時間帯を示す情報とが、ともに期間の情報であるとすると、それぞれの時間帯の一部が重なる場合、あるいは予め指定された長さ以上重なる場合に、空き状況情報取得部116は、上記のように期間が重なると判断すればよい。期間の情報とは、ここでは、期間の開始時刻と終了時刻とを特定可能な情報であるとする。また、例えば、予約照会情報の時間帯を指定する情報と、予約情報の時間帯を示す情報との一方が、期間の開始時刻と終了時刻とが特定可能な情報であり、他方が、開始時刻等の期間内の一の時刻を特定する情報であるとする。この場合、時刻を特定する情報が示す時刻が、期間の開始時刻と終了時刻とを特定可能な情報が示す期間内の時刻である場合に、空き状況情報取得部116は、上記のように期間が重なると判断するようにしてもよい。また、予約照会情報に含まれる時間帯を指定する情報と、予約情報に含まれる時間帯を示す情報とが、いずれも開始時刻等の時刻を特定する情報であるとすると、両者の時間差が、予め指定された値以下である場合に、空き状況情報取得部116は、上記のように期間が重なると判断するようにしてもよい。なお、時間帯を示す情報が、開始時刻等の時刻を示す情報である場合、この時刻を含む予め指定された一定または不定の長さの期間を、この時間帯を示す情報が示す時間帯と考えて、上記の期間が重なるか否かの判断処理を行うようにしても良い。 The reservation information in the time zone overlapping with the time zone indicated by the reservation inquiry information is, for example, reservation information including information indicating a time zone having a period overlapping with the time zone indicated by the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information. is there. Specifically, if the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information and the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation information are both period information, the time zones partially overlap. Alternatively, when the lengths overlap by a predetermined length or more, the availability information acquisition unit 116 may determine that the periods overlap as described above. Here, the period information is information that can specify the start time and end time of the period. Further, for example, one of the information specifying the time zone of the reservation inquiry information and the information indicating the time zone of the reservation information is information that can specify the start time and end time of the period, and the other is the start time It is assumed that the information specifies one time within the period. In this case, when the time indicated by the information specifying the time is a time within the period indicated by the information that can specify the start time and the end time of the period, the availability information acquisition unit 116 sets the period as described above. May be determined to overlap. Also, if the information specifying the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information and the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation information are both information specifying the time such as the start time, the time difference between them is When the value is equal to or less than a value specified in advance, the availability information acquisition unit 116 may determine that the periods overlap as described above. In addition, when the information indicating the time zone is information indicating the time such as the start time, the time period indicated by the information indicating the time zone is set to a predetermined or indefinite length period including the time. In view of this, a process for determining whether or not the above periods overlap may be performed.
 また、予約照会情報が示す時間帯と重なる時間帯の利用状況情報とは、予約照会情報に含まれている時間帯を示す情報が示す時間帯に対応する利用状況情報のことであり、例えば、予約照会情報に含まれる時間帯を示す情報が示す時間帯と重なる期間を有する時間帯と対応付けられた利用状況情報である。例えば、空き状況情報取得部116は、利用状況格納部113に格納されている各利用状況情報に含まれる来店時刻を開始時刻とした予め指定された長さを有する期間と、予約照会情報が有する時間帯を示す情報が示す時間帯とが重なる期間を有するか否かを判断する。来店時刻を開始時刻とした予め指定された長さを有する期間は、現在来店中のユーザが、退店するまでに滞在すると予想される期間と考えても良い。予め指定された長さは、例えば、飲食店におけるユーザの平均滞在時間等に設定しても良い。重なる期間を有する場合に、空き状況情報取得部116は、この来店時刻を含む利用状況情報を、予約照会情報に含まれている時間帯を示す情報に対応する利用状況情報であると判断しても良い。なお、予約照会情報が有する時間帯を示す情報が、開始時刻等の時間帯内の時刻である場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、この時刻を含む予め指定された長さの期間が、上記の来店時刻を開始時刻とした期間と重なるか判断しても良い。なお、利用状況格納部113に格納されている利用状況情報のうちの、退店時刻等を有するものや、上述したようなフラグが付与されたものについては、この判断処理から除外するようにしてもよい。かかることは以下においても同様である。 Further, the usage status information in the time zone overlapping with the time zone indicated by the reservation inquiry information is usage status information corresponding to the time zone indicated by the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information. This is usage status information associated with a time zone having a period overlapping with the time zone indicated by the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information. For example, the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 includes a period having a length designated in advance with the store visit time included in each usage status information stored in the usage status storage unit 113 as a start time, and reservation inquiry information. It is determined whether or not the time zone indicated by the time zone information has a period that overlaps. The period having a predesignated length with the store visit time as the start time may be considered as a period in which the user currently visiting the store is expected to stay before leaving the store. The length designated in advance may be set to, for example, the average stay time of the user at the restaurant. When there is an overlapping period, the availability information acquisition unit 116 determines that the usage status information including the visit time is the usage status information corresponding to the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information. Also good. In addition, when the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information is a time within the time zone such as the start time, the availability status information acquisition unit 116 indicates that the period of time designated in advance includes the time. It may be determined whether or not it overlaps with a period having the store visit time as the start time. Of the usage status information stored in the usage status storage unit 113, information having a store closing time, etc., or those provided with a flag as described above are excluded from this determination process. Also good. The same applies to the following.
 また、予約照会情報が有する時間帯を示す情報が、予約の開始時刻等の時間帯内の時刻である場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、利用状況格納部113に格納されている各利用状況情報に含まれる来店時刻と、予約照会情報が有する時間帯を示す情報が示す時刻との差が、予め指定された時間以内であるか否かを判断する。そして、予め指定された時間以内の場合に、空き状況情報取得部116は、この来店時刻を含む利用状況情報を、予約照会情報に含まれている時間帯を示す情報に対応する利用状況情報であると判断しても良い。 In addition, when the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information is a time within the time zone such as the reservation start time, the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 stores each usage status stored in the usage status storage unit 113. It is determined whether or not the difference between the store visit time included in the information and the time indicated by the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information is within a predetermined time. If it is within a pre-designated time, the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 uses the usage status information including the visit time as the usage status information corresponding to the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information. You may judge that there is.
 また、空き状況情報取得部116は、例えば、予約照会情報が示す時間帯を示す情報が示す時間帯の開始時刻と、予約照会情報を受け付けた時刻との差が、予め指定された時間以内である場合に、利用状況格納部113に格納されている利用状況情報を、予約照会情報の時間帯を示す情報に対応する利用状況情報と判断しても良い。なお、上記においては、予約照会情報を受け付けた時刻の代わりに、現在時刻を用いても良い。 In addition, the availability information acquisition unit 116, for example, the difference between the start time of the time zone indicated by the information indicating the time zone indicated by the reservation inquiry information and the time when the reservation inquiry information is received is within the time specified in advance. In some cases, the usage status information stored in the usage status storage unit 113 may be determined as usage status information corresponding to information indicating the time zone of the reservation inquiry information. In the above, the current time may be used instead of the time when the reservation inquiry information is received.
 空き状況情報取得部116は、さらに、予約照会情報が有する時間帯以外の条件に合致する利用箇所情報の有無を判断し、利用箇所情報がある場合に、予約可能な利用箇所があることを示す空き状況情報を取得するようにしても良い。例えば、予約照会情報が、予約したい利用箇所の識別情報である利用箇所情報を含むとする。この場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、この予約照会情報が有する利用箇所情報と一致する利用箇所情報が、予約情報および利用状況情報に含まれるか否かを判断する。そして、空き状況情報取得部116は、含まれない場合は、この利用箇所情報が示す利用箇所があることを示す空き状況情報を取得し、含まれる場合は、この利用箇所情報が示す利用箇所がないことを示す空き状況情報を取得するようにしても良い。また、例えば、予約情報に、予約が実行される時間帯を示す情報が含まれており、予約照会情報にも予約についての条件として時間帯を示す情報が含まれているとする。この場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、例えば、予約照会情報に含まれている時間帯を示す情報に対応する予約情報に含まれる利用箇所の識別情報である利用箇所情報と、予約照会情報に含まれている時間帯を示す情報に対応する利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所の識別情報である利用箇所情報との中に、予約照会情報が有する利用箇所情報と一致する利用箇所情報が含まれるか否かを判断する。そして、空き状況情報取得部116は、含まれない場合は、この利用箇所情報が示す利用箇所があることを示す空き状況情報を取得し、含まれる場合は、この利用箇所情報が示す利用箇所がないことを示す空き状況情報を取得するようにしても良い。 The availability information acquisition unit 116 further determines the presence / absence of usage location information that matches conditions other than the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information, and indicates that there is a usage location that can be reserved when there is usage location information. The availability information may be acquired. For example, it is assumed that the reservation inquiry information includes usage location information that is identification information of a usage location to be reserved. In this case, the availability information acquisition unit 116 determines whether or not the usage location information that matches the usage location information included in the reservation inquiry information is included in the reservation information and the usage status information. If not included, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires availability information indicating that there is a usage location indicated by the usage location information. If included, the usage location indicated by the usage location information indicates the usage location. You may make it acquire the availability information which shows that there is no. In addition, for example, it is assumed that the reservation information includes information indicating a time zone in which the reservation is executed, and the reservation inquiry information includes information indicating the time zone as a condition for the reservation. In this case, the availability information acquisition unit 116 includes, for example, use location information that is identification information of a use location included in reservation information corresponding to information indicating a time zone included in reservation inquiry information, and reservation inquiry information. Usage point information that matches the usage point information included in the reservation inquiry information is included in the usage point information that is identification information of the usage point included in the usage status information corresponding to the information indicating the included time zone. Determine whether or not. If not included, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires availability information indicating that there is a usage location indicated by the usage location information. If included, the usage location indicated by the usage location information indicates the usage location. You may make it acquire the availability information which shows that there is no.
 なお、飲食店において、受け付け可能な予約が当日の予約のみに限られ、さらには、一の利用箇所を利用するユーザが、一日一人、あるいは一組に限られる場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、空き状況情報を取得する際に上記のような時間帯を示す情報を利用しなくてもよい。空き状況情報を取得する際に、空き状況情報取得部116は、当日の予約や利用の有無だけを判断すればよいからである。かかることは、受け付け可能な予約が、現在の直後の予約に限られる場合等においても同様である。 In addition, in a restaurant, when reservations that can be accepted are limited to reservations on the same day, and further, the number of users who use one usage location is limited to one person or one day, availability information acquisition unit 116 Does not have to use the information indicating the time zone as described above when acquiring the availability information. This is because, when acquiring the availability information, the availability information acquisition unit 116 only needs to determine whether there is reservation or use on the day. The same applies to a case where the reservation that can be accepted is limited to the reservation immediately after the present.
 空き状況情報取得部116は、通常、予約照会情報受付部115が予約照会情報を受け付けた場合に、空き状況情報を取得する処理を行う。 The vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 normally performs processing for acquiring vacancy status information when the reservation query information receiving unit 115 receives the reservation query information.
 空き状況情報取得部116は、通常、MPUやメモリ等から実現され得る。空き状況情報取得部116の処理手順は、通常、ソフトウェアで実現され、当該ソフトウェアはROM等の記録媒体に記録されている。但し、空き状況情報取得部116を、ハードウェア(専用回路)で実現しても良い。 The availability information acquisition unit 116 can be usually realized by an MPU, a memory, or the like. The processing procedure of the availability information acquisition unit 116 is usually realized by software, and the software is recorded on a recording medium such as a ROM. However, the availability information acquisition unit 116 may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
 予約判断部117は、空き状況情報を用いて、予約照会情報が示す予約の可否を判断する。予約判断部117は、例えば、空き状況情報取得部116が、1以上の利用箇所情報があることを示す空き状況情報を取得した場合、あるいは、1以上の予約可能な利用箇所情報を有する空き状況情報を取得した場合に、予約が可能であると判断する。また、予約判断部117は、予約照会情報が有する予約の条件を満たす利用箇所情報があることを示す空き状況情報を取得した場合に、予約が可能であると判断する。また、利用箇所情報が利用箇所の識別情報である場合、予約判断部117は、空き状況情報取得部116が取得した空き状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報の中に、予約照会情報が有する予約の条件を満たす利用箇所情報が含まれるか否かを判断し、含まれる場合に、予約が可能であると判断し、含まれない場合、予約が不可であると判断してもよい。例えば、利用箇所情報が利用箇所の識別情報である場合、予約判断部117は、空き状況情報取得部116が取得した空き状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報の中に、予約照会情報に含まれる予約の条件である利用箇所情報と一致する利用箇所情報があるか否かを判断し、ある場合に、予約が可能であると判断する。また、例えば、予約判断部117は、空き状況情報取得部116が取得した空き状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報の中に、予約照会情報に含まれる予約の条件である予約する利用箇所の数と一致する数の利用箇所情報があるか否かを判断し、ある場合に、予約が可能であると判断する。この場合の利用箇所とは、例えば、座席や、テーブルである。予約する利用箇所の数は、予約人数や、予約グループ数と考えても良い。 The reservation determination unit 117 determines whether or not the reservation indicated by the reservation inquiry information is possible using the availability information. The reservation determination unit 117, for example, when the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 acquires vacancy status information indicating that there is one or more usage location information, or the vacancy status having one or more reservationable usage location information When information is acquired, it is determined that a reservation is possible. In addition, the reservation determination unit 117 determines that a reservation is possible when the availability information indicating that there is use location information that satisfies the reservation condition included in the reservation inquiry information. When the usage location information is identification information of the usage location, the reservation determination unit 117 includes the reservation location information included in the reservation inquiry information in the usage location information included in the availability status information acquired by the availability status information acquisition unit 116. It may be determined whether usage location information that satisfies the condition is included, and if included, it may be determined that the reservation is possible, and if not included, it may be determined that the reservation is not possible. For example, when the usage location information is identification information of the usage location, the reservation determination unit 117 includes the reservation included in the reservation inquiry information in the usage location information included in the availability information acquired by the availability information acquisition unit 116. It is determined whether there is usage location information that matches the usage location information that is the condition of the above, and if there is, it is determined that a reservation is possible. In addition, for example, the reservation determination unit 117 includes the number of use points to be reserved, which are reservation conditions included in the reservation inquiry information, in the use point information included in the availability information acquired by the availability information acquisition unit 116. It is determined whether or not there is a matching number of pieces of usage location information. If there is a match, it is determined that a reservation is possible. The usage location in this case is, for example, a seat or a table. The number of usage locations to be reserved may be considered as the number of reservations or the number of reservation groups.
 予約判断部117は、通常、MPUやメモリ等から実現され得る。予約判断部117の処理手順は、通常、ソフトウェアで実現され、当該ソフトウェアはROM等の記録媒体に記録されている。但し、予約判断部117を、ハードウェア(専用回路)で実現しても良い。 The reservation determination unit 117 can be usually realized by an MPU, a memory, or the like. The processing procedure of the reservation determination unit 117 is usually realized by software, and the software is recorded on a recording medium such as a ROM. However, the reservation determination unit 117 may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
 予約画面格納部118には、予約指示を受け付ける画面である予約画面の情報が格納される。予約指示とは、予約を行う指示である。予約画面とは、例えば、予約指示を受け付けるためのインターフェース画面である。例えば、予約画面は、予約指示を受け付けるための入力フィールドやボタン等を有していても良い。予約画面の情報とは、予約画面を出力するための情報である。予約画面の情報は、例えば、予約画面を構成する画像データや、HTMLデータや、XMLデータ等である。ここでの格納は、一時記憶も含む概念である。 The reservation screen storage unit 118 stores information on a reservation screen that is a screen for receiving a reservation instruction. The reservation instruction is an instruction to make a reservation. The reservation screen is an interface screen for receiving a reservation instruction, for example. For example, the reservation screen may have an input field and a button for receiving a reservation instruction. The reservation screen information is information for outputting the reservation screen. The information on the reservation screen is, for example, image data, HTML data, XML data, etc. constituting the reservation screen. The storage here is a concept including temporary storage.
 なお、出力部120が予約画面を出力する直前等に、図示しない出力画面生成部が、予め用意されたテンプレート情報と、空き状況情報取得部116が取得した予約可能な利用箇所の利用箇所情報とを用いて、予約可能な利用箇所に関する情報を有する予約画面を生成してもよい。予約可能な利用箇所に関する情報とは、例えば、予約可能な利用箇所の識別情報や、予約可能な利用箇所の数である。そして、この出力画面生成部が、この予約画面を、予約画面格納部118に一時記憶し、出力部120がこの予約画面を読み出して出力するようにしても良い。テンプレート情報は、図示しないテンプレート情報格納部に予め格納しておくようにすれば良い。例えば、利用箇所情報が利用箇所の識別情報である場合、図示しない出力画面生成部が、予約可能な利用箇所情報を、テンプレート情報内の予め指定されたリスト上に配置することで、予約可能な利用箇所情報のリストを有する予約画面を生成しても良い。あるいは、利用箇所情報が利用箇所の識別情報である場合、図示しない予約画像生成部が、飲食店内の見取図やフロア図を有するテンプレート情報の、予約可能な利用箇所情報に対応する利用箇所を示す位置を、予約可能な利用箇所であることを示す出力態様に変更することで、予約可能な利用箇所を視覚的に識別可能な見取図やフロア図を生成するようにしてもよい。出力態様を変更とは、例えば、部分的に背景色等の色を変更することで強調表示することや、予め移用された画像を配置することである。なお、予約可能な利用箇所情報に対応する利用箇所を示す位置を、予約可能な利用箇所であることを示す出力態様に変更するということは、予約不可である利用箇所情報に対応する利用箇所を示す位置を、予約不可である利用箇所であることを示す出力態様に変更することも含む概念である。 It should be noted that immediately before the output unit 120 outputs the reservation screen, the output screen generation unit (not shown) uses the template information prepared in advance and the usage location information of the available usage locations acquired by the availability information acquisition unit 116. May be used to generate a reservation screen having information on available usage locations. The information on the useable part that can be reserved is, for example, identification information on the useable part that can be reserved or the number of useable parts that can be reserved. Then, the output screen generation unit may temporarily store the reservation screen in the reservation screen storage unit 118, and the output unit 120 may read and output the reservation screen. The template information may be stored in advance in a template information storage unit (not shown). For example, when the usage location information is identification information of the usage location, an output screen generation unit (not shown) can make a reservation by placing reservationable usage location information on a predesignated list in the template information. A reservation screen having a list of usage location information may be generated. Alternatively, when the usage location information is identification information of the usage location, a position where the reservation image generation unit (not shown) indicates the usage location corresponding to the usage location information that can be reserved in the template information having a floor plan and a floor plan in the restaurant May be changed to an output mode indicating that it is a useable part that can be reserved, so that a floor plan or a floor plan that can visually identify the useable part that can be reserved may be generated. Changing the output mode means, for example, highlighting by partially changing a color such as a background color or arranging an image that has been transferred in advance. In addition, changing the position indicating the usage location corresponding to the usage location information that can be reserved to the output mode indicating that the usage location can be reserved means that the usage location corresponding to the usage location information that cannot be reserved is changed. This is a concept that includes changing the indicated position to an output mode that indicates a use location that cannot be reserved.
 行列予約画面格納部119には、行列予約指示を受け付ける画面である行列予約画面の情報が格納される。行列予約指示とは、行列予約情報を蓄積する指示である。行列予約情報は、飲食店における利用箇所の空きを待つユーザのユーザ識別情報を有する情報である。行列予約情報は、いわゆる行列待ちをしているユーザを管理するための情報である。行列待ちは、キャンセル待ち等と考えても良い。利用箇所の空きとは、例えば、予約されておらず、かつ、現在来店中のユーザが滞在していないと考えられる利用箇所である。ここでの利用箇所の空きは、例えば、上述した予約照会情報が有する時間帯を示す情報が示す時間帯において、空いている利用箇所であってもよい。また、予約照会情報が有する予約の条件を満たす利用箇所の空きであっても良い。例えば、利用箇所の空きとは、ユーザが予約したい利用箇所の空きであっても良いし、飲食店内の不特定の利用箇所の空きであっても良い。行列予約画面とは、例えば、行列予約指示を受け付けるためのインターフェース画面である。例えば、予約画面は、予約指示を受け付けるための入力フィールドやボタン等を有していても良い。行列予約画面の情報とは、行列予約画面を出力するための情報である。行列予約画面の情報は、例えば、行列予約画面を構成する画像データや、HTMLデータや、XMLデータ等である。ここでの格納は、一時記憶も含む概念である。 The matrix reservation screen storage unit 119 stores information on a matrix reservation screen that is a screen for receiving a matrix reservation instruction. The matrix reservation instruction is an instruction to accumulate the matrix reservation information. The queue reservation information is information having user identification information of a user who waits for a vacant place in a restaurant. The queue reservation information is information for managing users who are waiting in a so-called queue. The queue may be considered as waiting for cancellation. The vacant use location is, for example, a use location that is not reserved and is considered that the user currently visiting the store is not staying. The vacant usage location here may be, for example, a vacant usage location in the time zone indicated by the information indicating the time zone included in the reservation inquiry information described above. Moreover, the use location satisfying the reservation condition included in the reservation inquiry information may be vacant. For example, the vacant usage location may be a vacant usage location that the user wants to reserve, or may be a vacant unspecified usage location in a restaurant. The queue reservation screen is, for example, an interface screen for receiving a queue reservation instruction. For example, the reservation screen may have an input field and a button for receiving a reservation instruction. The information on the queue reservation screen is information for outputting the queue reservation screen. The information on the queue reservation screen is, for example, image data, HTML data, XML data, or the like constituting the queue reservation screen. The storage here is a concept including temporary storage.
 出力部120は、予約判断部117の判断結果に応じた出力を行う。例えば、出力部120は、予約判断部117が予約可能と判断した場合に、予約画面格納部118に格納されている予約画面を読み出して出力する。また、出力部120は、例えば、予約判断部117が予約可能でないと判断した場合に、行列予約画面格納部119に格納されている行列予約画面を出力する。また、出力部120は、予約判断部117の判断結果である予約の可否を示す情報、例えば、予約の可否を示す文字列や、予約の可否に対応して図示しない記憶媒体等から読み出した画像を出力しても良い。 The output unit 120 performs output according to the determination result of the reservation determination unit 117. For example, the output unit 120 reads and outputs the reservation screen stored in the reservation screen storage unit 118 when the reservation determination unit 117 determines that the reservation is possible. For example, when the reservation determination unit 117 determines that the reservation is not possible, the output unit 120 outputs the matrix reservation screen stored in the matrix reservation screen storage unit 119. Further, the output unit 120 is information indicating whether or not a reservation is a determination result of the reservation determining unit 117, for example, a character string indicating whether or not a reservation is possible, and an image read from a storage medium (not shown) corresponding to whether or not a reservation is possible. May be output.
 なお、出力部120は、予約画面の予め指定された入力フィールド等に、予約照会情報に含まれるユーザ識別情報や、利用箇所情報や、時間帯を示す情報等を配置した予約画面を出力しても良い。行列予約画面についても同様である。 The output unit 120 outputs a reservation screen in which user identification information included in the reservation inquiry information, usage location information, information indicating a time zone, and the like are arranged in a predetermined input field of the reservation screen. Also good. The same applies to the queue reservation screen.
 ここでの出力とは、ディスプレイへの表示、プロジェクターを用いた投影、プリンタへの印字、音出力、外部の装置への送信、記録媒体への蓄積、他の処理装置や他のプログラムなどへの処理結果の引渡しなどを含む概念である。例えば、出力部120は、判断結果に応じた出力を、図示しない注文等を受け付けるための情報処理端末等に送信しても良い。 Output here refers to display on a display, projection using a projector, printing to a printer, sound output, transmission to an external device, storage in a recording medium, and output to other processing devices or other programs. It is a concept that includes delivery of processing results. For example, the output unit 120 may transmit an output according to the determination result to an information processing terminal or the like for receiving an order or the like (not shown).
 出力部120は、ディスプレイやスピーカー等の出力デバイスを含むと考えても含まないと考えても良い。出力部120は、出力デバイスのドライバーソフトまたは、出力デバイスのドライバーソフトと出力デバイス等で実現され得る。 The output unit 120 may or may not include an output device such as a display or a speaker. The output unit 120 can be realized by output device driver software, or output device driver software and an output device.
 行列予約情報格納部121には、1または2以上の行列予約情報が格納される。行列予約情報格納部121に格納される行列予約情報は、例えば、利用箇所情報や、行列予約情報が蓄積された順番を示す情報を有していても良い。行列予約情報格納部121には、例えば、利用箇所情報毎に、その利用箇所情報が示す利用箇所についての行列予約情報が、行列予約情報が蓄積された順番を示す情報と対応付けられて格納されている。順番を示す情報は、蓄積された行列予約情報の相対的な順位が判断可能な情報であれば良く、例えば、昇順や降順の連番を含む情報や、蓄積された時刻を示す情報であっても良い。 The matrix reservation information storage unit 121 stores one or more matrix reservation information. The matrix reservation information stored in the matrix reservation information storage unit 121 may include, for example, usage location information and information indicating the order in which the matrix reservation information is accumulated. In the matrix reservation information storage unit 121, for example, for each piece of usage location information, matrix reservation information for the usage location indicated by the usage location information is stored in association with information indicating the order in which the matrix reservation information is accumulated. ing. The information indicating the order may be any information that can determine the relative order of the accumulated matrix reservation information, for example, information including serial numbers in ascending order or descending order, or information indicating the accumulated time. Also good.
 予約指示受付部122は、予約情報を蓄積する指示である予約指示を受け付ける。予約指示受付部122は、例えば、予約判断部117が、予約照会情報が要求する予約が可能であると判断した場合に、予約指示を受け付ける。予約指示受付部122は、例えば、出力部120が出力する予約画面を介して、予約指示を受け付ける。予約画面を介して受け付けるとは、予約画面を入力インターフェースとして用いて予約指示を受け付けることや、予約画面の出力中に予約指示を受け付けることと考えても良い。予約指示は、予約を行うユーザのユーザ識別情報を有していても良い。予約指示は、予約する利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有していても良い。また、予約指示は、予約の時間帯を示す情報を有していても良い。また、予約指示は、予約人数の情報を有していても良い。 The reservation instruction receiving unit 122 receives a reservation instruction that is an instruction to store reservation information. For example, the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 receives a reservation instruction when the reservation determining unit 117 determines that the reservation requested by the reservation inquiry information is possible. For example, the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 receives a reservation instruction via a reservation screen output by the output unit 120. Accepting via a reservation screen may be considered as accepting a reservation instruction using the reservation screen as an input interface, or accepting a reservation instruction while the reservation screen is being output. The reservation instruction may include user identification information of a user who makes a reservation. The reservation instruction may have usage location information regarding the usage location to be reserved. The reservation instruction may include information indicating a reservation time zone. In addition, the reservation instruction may include information on the number of reservations.
 予約指示受付部122は、例えば、予約照会情報に対応する予約情報を蓄積する指示である予約指示を受け付けるようにしてもよい。予約照会情報に対応する予約情報とは、例えば、予約照会情報が有するユーザ識別情報を有する予約情報や、予約照会情報が有する利用箇所情報を有する予約情報や、予約照会情報が示す条件を満たす利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報有する予約情報等である。また、例えば、予約指示受付部122は、予約照会情報に含まれるこれらのユーザ識別情報や、利用箇所情報や、時間帯を示す情報等を読み出して、これらの情報を有する予約指示を受け付けるようにしても良い。 The reservation instruction receiving unit 122 may receive a reservation instruction that is an instruction to accumulate reservation information corresponding to the reservation inquiry information, for example. The reservation information corresponding to the reservation inquiry information includes, for example, reservation information having user identification information included in the reservation inquiry information, reservation information having usage location information included in the reservation inquiry information, and usage satisfying conditions indicated by the reservation inquiry information. Reservation information or the like having use location information regarding the location. Further, for example, the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 reads out the user identification information, the usage location information, the information indicating the time zone, and the like included in the reservation inquiry information, and receives the reservation instruction having these information. May be.
 予約指示の受け付けとは、キーボードやマウス、タッチパネルなどの入力デバイスから入力された情報の受け付け、有線もしくは無線の通信回線を介して送信された情報の受信、光ディスクや磁気ディスク、半導体メモリなどの記録媒体から読み出された情報の受け付けなどを含む概念である。予約指示の入力手段は、テンキーやキーボードやマウスやメニュー画面によるもの等、何でも良い。予約指示受付部122は、テンキーやキーボード等の入力手段のデバイスドライバーや、メニュー画面の制御ソフトウェア等で実現され得る。 Receiving reservation instructions means receiving information input from input devices such as a keyboard, mouse, and touch panel, receiving information sent via a wired or wireless communication line, and recording on optical disks, magnetic disks, semiconductor memories, etc. It is a concept including reception of information read from a medium. The reservation instruction input means may be anything such as a numeric keypad, keyboard, mouse or menu screen. The reservation instruction receiving unit 122 can be realized by a device driver of input means such as a numeric keypad or a keyboard, control software for a menu screen, and the like.
 予約情報蓄積部123は、予約指示に応じた予約情報を予約情報格納部112に蓄積する。予約情報蓄積部123は、例えば、予約指示受付部122が受け付けた予約指示に含まれるユーザ識別情報や、利用箇所情報や、予約の時間帯を示す情報を有する予約情報を取得し、予約情報格納部112に蓄積する。また、予約情報蓄積部123は、予約照会情報に含まれるユーザ識別情報や、利用箇所情報や、予約の時間帯を示す情報を有する予約情報を取得し、予約情報格納部112に蓄積しても良い。また、予約指示受付部が受け付けた予約指示に含まれる情報と、予約照会情報に含まれる情報とから適宜読み出した情報を含む予約情報を取得し、蓄積しても良い。 The reservation information storage unit 123 stores reservation information corresponding to the reservation instruction in the reservation information storage unit 112. The reservation information storage unit 123 acquires, for example, reservation information including user identification information, usage location information, and information indicating a reservation time zone included in the reservation instruction received by the reservation instruction reception unit 122, and stores the reservation information. Stored in the unit 112. Further, the reservation information accumulating unit 123 acquires the user identification information included in the reservation inquiry information, the use location information, and the reservation information having information indicating the reservation time zone, and accumulates it in the reservation information storage unit 112. good. In addition, reservation information including information appropriately read out from information included in the reservation instruction received by the reservation instruction receiving unit and information included in the reservation inquiry information may be acquired and accumulated.
 また、予約指示や予約照会情報が利用箇所情報を有していない場合や、利用箇所を特定するための予約の条件が予約照会情報に含まれていない場合等においては、予約が可能な予約箇所識別情報の中から、予め指定されたルール等に応じて、予約する利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を自動取得しても良い。 In addition, if the reservation instruction or reservation inquiry information does not have usage location information, or if the reservation inquiry information does not include the reservation conditions for identifying the usage location, the reservation location that can be reserved From the identification information, the usage location information regarding the usage location to be reserved may be automatically acquired according to a rule specified in advance.
 予約情報蓄積部123は、通常、MPUやメモリ等から実現され得る。予約情報蓄積部123の処理手順は、通常、ソフトウェアで実現され、当該ソフトウェアはROM等の記録媒体に記録されている。但し、予約情報蓄積部123をハードウェア(専用回路)で実現しても良い。 The reservation information storage unit 123 can be usually realized by an MPU, a memory, or the like. The processing procedure of the reservation information storage unit 123 is usually realized by software, and the software is recorded in a recording medium such as a ROM. However, the reservation information storage unit 123 may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
 行列予約指示受付部124は、行列予約指示を受け付ける。行列予約指示受付部124は、例えば、予約判断部117が、予約照会情報が要求する予約が可能でないと判断した場合に、行列予約指示を受け付ける。行列予約指示受付部124は、例えば、出力部120が出力する行列予約画面を介して、行列予約指示を受け付ける。なお、行列予約指示受付部124の他の構成や処理等は、上述した予約指示受付部122の構成や処理において、予約指示を、行列予約指示等に置きかえたもの等と同様であるため、ここでは詳細な説明は省略する。 The queue reservation instruction receiving unit 124 receives a queue reservation instruction. For example, when the reservation determination unit 117 determines that the reservation requested by the reservation inquiry information is not possible, the matrix reservation instruction reception unit 124 receives a matrix reservation instruction. For example, the matrix reservation instruction receiving unit 124 receives a matrix reservation instruction via the matrix reservation screen output by the output unit 120. The other configuration and processing of the matrix reservation instruction receiving unit 124 are the same as those in the configuration and processing of the reservation instruction receiving unit 122 described above, in which the reservation instruction is replaced with the matrix reservation instruction and the like. Then, detailed explanation is omitted.
 行列予約情報蓄積部125は、行列予約指示に応じた行列予約情報を行列予約情報格納部121に蓄積する。行列予約情報蓄積部125の構成や処理等は、上述した予約情報蓄積部123の構成や処理において、予約指示や予約情報を、行列予約指示や行列予約情報等に置きかえたもの等と同様であるため、ここでは詳細な説明は省略する。 The matrix reservation information accumulation unit 125 accumulates the matrix reservation information corresponding to the matrix reservation instruction in the matrix reservation information storage unit 121. The configuration, processing, and the like of the queue reservation information storage unit 125 are the same as the configuration and processing of the reservation information storage unit 123 described above, in which the reservation instruction and the reservation information are replaced with the matrix reservation instruction, the matrix reservation information, and the like. Therefore, detailed description is omitted here.
 次に、予約情報処理装置100の動作について図16のフローチャートを用いて説明する。なお、ここでは、利用箇所情報が、利用箇所の識別情報である場合を例に挙げて説明する。 Next, the operation of the reservation information processing apparatus 100 will be described using the flowchart of FIG. Here, a case where the usage location information is identification information of the usage location will be described as an example.
 (ステップS201)利用状況受付部114は、利用状況情報を受け付けたか否かを判断する。受け付けた場合、ステップS202に進み、受け付けていない場合、ステップS203に進む。 (Step S201) The usage status reception unit 114 determines whether usage status information has been received. If accepted, the process proceeds to step S202. If not accepted, the process proceeds to step S203.
 (ステップS202)利用状況受付部114は、ステップS201で受け付けた利用状況情報を、利用状況格納部113に蓄積する。そして、ステップS201に戻る。 (Step S202) The usage status reception unit 114 accumulates the usage status information received in Step S201 in the usage status storage unit 113. Then, the process returns to step S201.
 (ステップS203)利用状況受付部114は、来店中のユーザが退店したことを示す情報を受け付けたか否かを判断する。退店したことを示す情報は、例えば、退店したユーザのユーザ識別情報と、図示しない時計等から取得した退店時刻を含む情報である。ユーザが退店した場合、ステップS204に進み、退店していない場合、ステップS205に進む。 (Step S203) The usage status reception unit 114 determines whether or not information indicating that the user visiting the store has left the store has been received. The information indicating that the store has been closed is, for example, information including the user identification information of the user who has left the store and the store closing time acquired from a clock (not shown). If the user has left the store, the process proceeds to step S204. If the user has not left the store, the process proceeds to step S205.
 (ステップS204)利用状況受付部114は、退店したユーザのユーザ識別情報を有する利用状況情報に退店時刻を追記する。そして、ステップS201に戻る。なお、利用状況受付部114は、この利用情報を削除するようにしても良い。 (Step S204) The usage status reception unit 114 adds the store closing time to the usage status information having the user identification information of the user who has left the store. Then, the process returns to step S201. The usage status receiving unit 114 may delete this usage information.
 (ステップS205)予約照会情報受付部115は、予約照会情報を受け付けたか否かを判断する。受け付けた場合、ステップS206に進み、受け付けていない場合、ステップS201に戻る。 (Step S205) The reservation inquiry information reception unit 115 determines whether reservation inquiry information has been received. If accepted, the process proceeds to step S206. If not accepted, the process returns to step S201.
 (ステップS206)空き状況情報取得部116は、予約情報と、利用状況情報とを用いて、空き状況情報を取得する。 (Step S206) The availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires the availability information using the reservation information and the usage status information.
 (ステップS207)予約判断部117は、ステップS206で取得した空き状況情報を用いて、予約が可能であるか否かを判断する。可能である場合、ステップS208に進み、可能でない場合、ステップS211に進む。 (Step S207) The reservation determination unit 117 determines whether reservation is possible using the availability information acquired in step S206. If yes, go to step S208, otherwise go to step S211.
 (ステップS208)出力部120は、予約画面の情報を予約画面格納部118から読み出し、予約画面を出力する。 (Step S208) The output unit 120 reads information on the reservation screen from the reservation screen storage unit 118, and outputs the reservation screen.
 (ステップS209)予約指示受付部122は、予約指示を受け付けたか否かを判断する。受け付けた場合、ステップS210に進み、受け付けていない場合、ステップS209に戻る。 (Step S209) The reservation instruction receiving unit 122 determines whether a reservation instruction has been received. If accepted, the process proceeds to step S210. If not accepted, the process returns to step S209.
 (ステップS210)予約情報蓄積部123は、ステップS209で受け付けた予約指示に対応する予約情報を取得し、予約情報格納部112に蓄積する。そして、ステップS201に戻る。 (Step S210) The reservation information storage unit 123 acquires the reservation information corresponding to the reservation instruction received in Step S209 and stores it in the reservation information storage unit 112. Then, the process returns to step S201.
 (ステップS211)出力部120は、行列予約情報格納部121から行列予約画面の情報を読み出し、出力する。 (Step S211) The output unit 120 reads out and outputs information on the matrix reservation screen from the matrix reservation information storage unit 121.
 (ステップS212)行列予約指示受付部124は、行列予約指示を受け付けたか否かを判断する。受け付けた場合、ステップS213に進み、受け付けていない場合、ステップS212に戻る。 (Step S212) The matrix reservation instruction receiving unit 124 determines whether or not a matrix reservation instruction has been received. If accepted, the process proceeds to step S213. If not accepted, the process returns to step S212.
 (ステップS213)行列予約情報蓄積部125は、ステップS212で受け付けた行列予約指示に対応する行列予約情報を取得し、行列予約情報格納部121に蓄積する。そして、ステップS201に戻る。 (Step S213) The matrix reservation information storage unit 125 acquires the matrix reservation information corresponding to the matrix reservation instruction received in step S212, and stores it in the matrix reservation information storage unit 121. Then, the process returns to step S201.
 なお、図16のフローチャートにおいて、電源オフや処理終了の割り込みにより処理は終了する。 Note that in the flowchart of FIG. 16, the processing is terminated by powering off or interruption for aborting the processing.
 以下、本実施の形態における予約情報処理装置100の具体的な動作について説明する。 Hereinafter, a specific operation of the reservation information processing apparatus 100 in the present embodiment will be described.
 図17は、予約情報処理装置100を備えた予約システムの概念図である。 FIG. 17 is a conceptual diagram of a reservation system including the reservation information processing apparatus 100.
 予約システム2000は、飲食店Aで利用されている予約情報処理装置100と、飲食店Aの店員が保持する複数の情報通信端末200と、を備えている。ここでは、説明の便宜上、情報通信端末200が一つである場合を図示しているが、情報通信端末200は、複数であっても良い。予約情報処理装置100と、情報通信端末200とは、一例としてネットワークを介して無線通信により接続されているものとする。情報通信端末200は、一例として、タッチパネル等を備えたいわゆるタブレット型端末と呼ばれる装置であるとする。 The reservation system 2000 includes a reservation information processing apparatus 100 used in the restaurant A and a plurality of information communication terminals 200 held by the store clerk of the restaurant A. Here, for convenience of explanation, a case where there is one information communication terminal 200 is illustrated, but a plurality of information communication terminals 200 may be provided. The reservation information processing apparatus 100 and the information communication terminal 200 are connected by wireless communication via a network as an example. As an example, the information communication terminal 200 is assumed to be a so-called tablet-type terminal provided with a touch panel or the like.
 なお、この飲食店Aにおいては、例えば、当日の予約のみが受け付け可能であるとする。また、この飲食店Aの営業時間は、「17時00分」から、「24時00分」までであるとする。また、ここでは、利用箇所情報が利用箇所の識別情報である場合を例に挙げて説明する。 In this restaurant A, for example, it is assumed that only reservations on the day can be accepted. Further, it is assumed that the business hours of the restaurant A are from “17:00” to “24:00”. Here, a case where the usage location information is identification information of the usage location will be described as an example.
 まず、ユーザ識別情報が「U1001」であるユーザ(以下、ユーザ「U1001」と称す)が、三人で飲食店Aに来店し、テーブル識別情報が「T05」であるテーブルに着席したとする。ユーザ識別情報は、ここでは、飲食店Aの会員番号であるとする。会員番号は、例えば、会員であるユーザの、氏名や、電話番号やメールアドレス等の連絡先情報や、住所等と対応付けられて、図示しない記憶媒体等に蓄積されている。また、テーブル識別情報は、テーブル番号であるとする。なお、ここでは、飲食店内の各テーブルが利用箇所、テーブル識別情報が、利用箇所情報であるとする。 First, it is assumed that a user whose user identification information is “U1001” (hereinafter referred to as user “U1001”) visits restaurant A with three people and sits at a table whose table identification information is “T05”. Here, it is assumed that the user identification information is a member number of the restaurant A. For example, the member number is stored in a storage medium (not shown) or the like in association with contact information such as a name, a telephone number or an e-mail address, an address, or the like of a user who is a member. The table identification information is assumed to be a table number. Here, it is assumed that each table in the restaurant is a usage location, and the table identification information is usage location information.
 飲食店Aの店員が、来店したユーザ「U1001」のテーブルに移動し、情報通信端末200を操作して、来店したユーザのユーザ識別情報と、テーブル番号とを入力する画面を表示させる。そして、店員が、ユーザ識別情報「U1001」と、テーブル番号「T05」と、利用人数「3」人とを入力し、図示しない送信ボタン等を押したとする。ユーザ識別情報とテーブル番号が、情報通信端末200から予約情報処理装置100に送信される。予約情報処理装置100の利用状況受付部114は、送信されたユーザ識別情報とテーブル番号を受信する。利用状況受付部114は、受信したユーザ識別情報とテーブル番号と、図示しない時計等から取得した現在の時刻「18時05分」である来店時刻とを有する利用状況情報を、利用状況格納部113に蓄積する。なお、ここでは、説明の便宜上、時刻の情報として、日時を含まない同日の時刻の情報を用いるようにしたが、時刻の情報として、日時の情報を有する日時の情報を用いるようにしても良い。 The store clerk of restaurant A moves to the table of the user “U1001” who visited the store and operates the information communication terminal 200 to display a screen for inputting the user identification information of the user who visited the store and the table number. Then, it is assumed that the store clerk inputs the user identification information “U1001”, the table number “T05”, the number of users “3”, and presses a transmission button (not shown). The user identification information and the table number are transmitted from the information communication terminal 200 to the reservation information processing apparatus 100. The usage status reception unit 114 of the reservation information processing apparatus 100 receives the transmitted user identification information and table number. The usage status reception unit 114 uses the usage status information including the received user identification information, the table number, and the store visit time that is the current time “18:05” acquired from a clock (not shown). To accumulate. Here, for convenience of explanation, the time information of the same day not including the date and time is used as the time information. However, the date and time information having the date and time information may be used as the time information. .
 図18は、利用状況格納部113に格納された利用状況情報を管理する利用状況管理情報を示す図である。利用状況管理情報は、「利用ID」、「ユーザID」、「テーブルID」、「来店時刻」、「退店時刻」、「利用人数」等の属性を有する。「利用ID」は、利用状況管理情報を管理するための識別情報である。「ユーザID」は、ユーザ識別情報、「テーブルID」は利用箇所情報、「来店時刻」は、来店時刻、「退店時刻」は退店時刻である。来店時刻は、飲食店Aの利用開始時刻と考えても良い。「利用人数」は、利用人数である。ここでは、各行が、一の利用状況情報を管理する利用状況管理情報であるとする。なお、利用状況情報には、これら以外の属性を有していても良い。なお、ここでは、既に格納されていた利用状況管理情報に、上記の「利用ID」が「10052」である利用状況管理情報のレコードが追記されたものとする。 FIG. 18 is a diagram showing usage status management information for managing usage status information stored in the usage status storage unit 113. The use status management information has attributes such as “use ID”, “user ID”, “table ID”, “visit time”, “store exit time”, and “number of users”. “Usage ID” is identification information for managing usage status management information. “User ID” is user identification information, “Table ID” is usage location information, “Visiting time” is the visiting time, and “Leaving time” is the closing time. The visit time may be considered the use start time of restaurant A. “Number of users” is the number of users. Here, it is assumed that each row is usage status management information for managing one usage status information. The usage status information may have other attributes. Here, it is assumed that a record of usage status management information having the above “usage ID” “10052” is added to the usage status management information already stored.
 なお、ユーザが退店する場合、このユーザのユーザ識別情報を、退店するユーザのユーザ識別情報として店員が情報通信端末200に入力すると、利用状況管理情報のこのユーザ識別情報を有するレコードの「退店時刻」の値として、図示しない時計から取得した現在時刻が蓄積される。 When the user leaves the store, when the store clerk inputs the user identification information of the user as the user identification information of the user who leaves the store to the information communication terminal 200, “ The current time acquired from a clock (not shown) is accumulated as the value of “Exit time”.
 次に、例えば、ユーザ「U1001」が、店員に注文を行うと、店員は、情報通信端末200に、「ユーザID」である「U1001」と、注文した商品の、商品名と、商品コードと、注文数とを入力する。ここでは、入力された商品名が「ビール」、商品コードが「BR50」、注文数が「3」であったとする。入力された情報の組は情報通信端末200から、飲食店の注文を受け付けるサーバ等(図示せず)に送信される。また、送信された情報は、情報通信端末200にも送信され、利用状況受付部114は送信された情報を受け付ける。そして、利用状況受付部114は、受け付けた商品名と、商品コードと、注文数との組を、受け付けた「ユーザID」である「U1001」と対応付けて、上記で受け付けた「ユーザID」が「U1001」である利用状況管理情報で管理される利用状況情報の注文履歴情報として、利用状況格納部113に蓄積する。 Next, for example, when the user “U1001” places an order with the store clerk, the store clerk sends “U1001” as the “user ID” to the information communication terminal 200, the product name of the ordered product, the product code, Enter the number of orders. Here, it is assumed that the input product name is “beer”, the product code is “BR50”, and the number of orders is “3”. The set of input information is transmitted from the information communication terminal 200 to a server or the like (not shown) that accepts a restaurant order. The transmitted information is also transmitted to the information communication terminal 200, and the usage status reception unit 114 receives the transmitted information. Then, the usage status reception unit 114 associates the combination of the received product name, product code, and order quantity with the received “user ID” “U1001”, and receives the “user ID” received above. Is stored in the usage status storage unit 113 as order history information of usage status information managed by the usage status management information with “U1001”.
 図19は、利用状況格納部113に格納された注文履歴情報を管理する注文履歴管理情報である。注文履歴管理情報は、「注文履歴ID」と、「利用ID」と、「注文履歴」という属性を有している。「注文履歴」は、更に、「商品名」、「商品コード」、「注文数」という属性を有している。「注文履歴ID」は、注文履歴管理情報のレコードを管理する識別情報である。ここでは、図19の一の行を注文履歴管理情報の一のレコードと考える。「利用ID」は、注文履歴管理情報のレコードが対応付けられた利用状況管理情報の「利用ID」であり、図18の「利用ID」に対応する。「注文履歴」は、注文履歴情報である。「商品名」、「商品コード」、および「注文数」は、利用状況受付部114が受け付けた商品名、商品コード、注文数の組を構成する各情報である。なお、ここでは、既に、他のレコードが格納されていた注文履歴管理情報に、上記で利用状況受付部114が受け付けた情報の組を含むレコードが追記されたものとする。 FIG. 19 shows order history management information for managing the order history information stored in the usage status storage unit 113. The order history management information has attributes of “order history ID”, “use ID”, and “order history”. The “order history” further has attributes of “product name”, “product code”, and “number of orders”. “Order history ID” is identification information for managing records of order history management information. Here, one line in FIG. 19 is considered as one record of order history management information. “Usage ID” is “Usage ID” of usage status management information associated with a record of order history management information, and corresponds to “Usage ID” in FIG. “Order history” is order history information. “Product name”, “product code”, and “number of orders” are information constituting a set of the product name, product code, and number of orders received by the usage status receiving unit 114. Here, it is assumed that a record including the set of information received by the usage status receiving unit 114 is added to the order history management information in which other records have already been stored.
 利用状況受付部114は、例えば、情報通信端末200から送信された情報を受け付けた場合に、この情報に含まれる「ユーザID」の値と一致する「ユーザID」を有する利用状況管理情報のレコードであって、「退店時刻」が空欄である利用状況管理情報のレコードを、図18の利用状況管理情報から検索する。そして、利用状況受付部114は、検索により検出した利用状況管理情報の「利用ID」の値を取得する。利用状況受付部114は、取得した値を、注文履歴管理情報の「利用ID」として、他の注文履歴情報と対応付けて蓄積する。これにより、注文履歴管理情報の各レコードは、各レコードの「利用ID」の値が示す利用状況管理情報のレコードに対応づけられる。即ち、一の利用状況情報に含まれる注文履歴情報は、この一の利用状況情報を管理する利用状況管理情報の一のレコードに含まれる「利用ID」と同じ「利用ID」を有する注文履歴管理情報のレコードで管理される注文履歴情報に相当するものとなっている。例えば、「利用ID」が「10059」である注文履歴管理情報で管理される注文履歴情報は、「利用ID」が「10059」である利用状況管理情報で管理される利用状況情報の注文履歴情報である。 When the usage status reception unit 114 receives, for example, information transmitted from the information communication terminal 200, the usage status management information has a “user ID” that matches the value of the “user ID” included in this information. Then, a record of usage status management information in which the “store closing time” is blank is searched from the usage status management information of FIG. Then, the usage status reception unit 114 acquires the value of “use ID” of the usage status management information detected by the search. The usage status reception unit 114 stores the acquired value in association with other order history information as the “use ID” of the order history management information. As a result, each record of the order history management information is associated with the record of the usage status management information indicated by the value of the “use ID” of each record. That is, the order history information included in one usage status information is the order history management having the same “use ID” as the “use ID” included in one record of the usage status management information for managing the one usage status information. This corresponds to order history information managed by the information record. For example, the order history information managed by the order history management information whose “use ID” is “10059” is the order history information of the use state information managed by the use state management information whose “use ID” is “10059”. It is.
 なお、情報通信端末200を用いて飲食物の注文を入力する処理やその処理を実現するための構成等については、公知の技術であるので、ここでは詳細な説明は省略する。 In addition, about the process which inputs the order of food and drink using the information communication terminal 200, the structure for implement | achieving the process, etc. are well-known techniques, detailed description is abbreviate | omitted here.
 図20は、予約情報格納部112に格納されている予約情報を管理する予約管理情報である。予約管理情報は、「予約ID」、「ユーザID」、「テーブルID」、「予約開始時刻」、「利用人数」という属性を有している。「予約ID」は、予約管理情報のレコードを管理する識別情報である。「ユーザID」は、予約されているユーザのユーザ識別情報である。「テーブルID」は予約されたテーブルのテーブル識別情報である。「予約開始時刻」は、予約が実行される開始時刻であり、ここでは、営業時間内の正時からの15分刻みの時刻が指定可能であるとする。「利用人数」は、予約された人数である。なお、予約管理情報の一のレコードは、例えば、そのレコードに含まれる予約情報が示す予約が実行された時点で削除されるものとする。 FIG. 20 shows reservation management information for managing reservation information stored in the reservation information storage unit 112. The reservation management information has attributes of “reservation ID”, “user ID”, “table ID”, “reservation start time”, and “number of users”. “Reservation ID” is identification information for managing records of reservation management information. “User ID” is user identification information of a reserved user. “Table ID” is table identification information of a reserved table. The “reservation start time” is a start time at which a reservation is executed, and here, it is assumed that a time in 15 minute increments from the hour on the hour can be specified. “Number of users” is the number of people reserved. Note that one record of the reservation management information is deleted, for example, when the reservation indicated by the reservation information included in the record is executed.
 図21は、利用箇所格納部111に格納されている利用箇所情報を管理する利用箇所管理情報を示す図である。利用箇所管理情報は、「テーブルID」と、「利用人数」という属性を有している。「テーブルID」は、利用箇所情報であり、ここでは、飲食店Aの利用箇所であるテーブルのテーブル番号を示している。「利用人数」は、利用箇所であるテーブルの最大利用人数である。ここでは、各行が一の利用箇所管理情報を示している。 FIG. 21 is a diagram showing usage location management information for managing usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit 111. The usage location management information has attributes of “table ID” and “number of users”. “Table ID” is usage location information, and here, indicates the table number of the table that is the usage location of restaurant A. “Number of users” is the maximum number of users of the table that is the usage location. Here, each row represents one piece of usage location management information.
 ここで、例えば、一のユーザから、電話や電子メール等を介して、本日の予約の申込みがあったとする。この予約の申込みは、時刻の指定のない予約であったとし、予約を希望する人数の値である「4」の指定があったとする。なお、ここでは特に、予約を希望する時間帯の指定がない場合、本日の現在の時刻以降の時間帯について予約が可能な時間帯を照会するよう、予め設定されているものとする。 Suppose, for example, that one user has applied for today's reservation via telephone or email. It is assumed that the reservation application is a reservation with no time designation, and a designation of “4”, which is the value of the number of people who want to make a reservation, is assumed. Here, in particular, when there is no designation of a time zone for which a reservation is desired, it is assumed that a time zone for which a reservation can be made is inquired for a time zone after today's current time.
 申込みを受け付けた店員は、情報通信端末200に予約の照会を行うための入力インターフェース画面を表示させ、予約の照会に必要な情報を入力する。 The store clerk who accepted the application displays an input interface screen for making a reservation inquiry on the information communication terminal 200, and inputs information necessary for the inquiry of the reservation.
 図22は、情報通信端末200のモニタに表示された予約の照会を行うための入力インターフェース画面である。 FIG. 22 is an input interface screen for making a reservation inquiry displayed on the monitor of the information communication terminal 200.
 店員が、図22の画面において、予約開始時刻の入力フィールド81に「指定なし」、予約人数の入力フィールド82に「4」(人)、予約テーブルの入力フィールド83に「指定なし」を入力し、「予約照会」ボタン84を押したとする。 In the screen of FIG. 22, the store clerk inputs “no designation” in the reservation start time input field 81, “4” (person) in the reservation number input field 82, and “no designation” in the reservation table input field 83. It is assumed that the “reservation inquiry” button 84 is pressed.
 情報通信端末200は、入力された情報を、予約照会情報として、予約情報処理装置100に送信する。予約情報処理装置100の予約照会情報受付部115は、情報通信端末200から送信された予約照会情報を受信する。予約照会情報受付部115が予約照会情報を受け付けたため、空き状況情報取得部116は、空き状況情報の取得を開始する。ここでは、予約照会情報が示す条件に合致する予約が可能であるか否かの照会を行う。具体的には、空き状況情報取得部116は、本日の現在以降に、4人が利用可能な任意の空きテーブルがあるか否かの判断を行う。 The information communication terminal 200 transmits the input information to the reservation information processing apparatus 100 as reservation inquiry information. The reservation inquiry information receiving unit 115 of the reservation information processing apparatus 100 receives the reservation inquiry information transmitted from the information communication terminal 200. Since the reservation inquiry information receiving unit 115 has received the reservation inquiry information, the vacancy status information acquiring unit 116 starts acquiring the vacancy status information. Here, an inquiry is made as to whether or not a reservation that matches the conditions indicated by the reservation inquiry information is possible. Specifically, the availability information acquisition unit 116 determines whether there is any available table that can be used by four people after the present day.
 まず、空き状況情報取得部116は、図21に示した利用箇所管理情報の、「利用人数」の値が、予約照会情報が示す利用人数の値である「4」以上のレコードの、上から1番目のレコードから、「テーブルID」の値である「T01」を取得する。そして、空き状況情報取得部116は、図20に示した予約管理情報の「テーブルID」が「T01」である各レコードから、「予約開始時刻」の値を取得する。そして、空き状況情報取得部116は、取得した各「予約開始時刻」が示す時刻から、予め指定された長さの時間が経過した時刻を、それぞれ取得する。ここでは、予め指定された長さを2時間とする。また、予め指定された長さの時間が経過した時刻を、ここでは、予想予約終了時刻と呼び、予約開始時刻と予想予約終了時刻との間の時間帯を、予想予約時間帯と呼ぶ。 First, the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 starts from the top of the records in which the value of “number of users” of the usage location management information shown in FIG. 21 is “4” or more, which is the value of the number of users indicated by the reservation inquiry information. From the first record, “T01” that is the value of “table ID” is acquired. Then, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires the value of “reservation start time” from each record whose “table ID” of the reservation management information shown in FIG. 20 is “T01”. Then, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires each time when a predetermined length of time has elapsed from the time indicated by each acquired “reservation start time”. Here, the length designated in advance is 2 hours. In addition, a time at which a predetermined length of time has elapsed is referred to as an expected reservation end time, and a time zone between the reservation start time and the expected reservation end time is referred to as an expected reservation time zone.
 例えば、図20の予約管理情報において、「テーブルID」の値が「T01」であるレコードが、「レコードID」が「0020」であるレコードのみであったとする。この場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、このレコードから、「予約開始時刻」の値「19時30分」を取得する。そして、空き状況情報取得部116は、この「予約開始時刻」から、この時刻に2時間を加算した時刻である予想予約終了時刻「21時30分」を取得する。 For example, in the reservation management information of FIG. 20, it is assumed that the record whose “table ID” is “T01” is only the record whose “record ID” is “0020”. In this case, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires the value “19:30” of “reservation start time” from this record. Then, the availability status information acquisition unit 116 acquires, from this “reservation start time”, an expected reservation end time “21:30”, which is a time obtained by adding 2 hours to this time.
 なお、上記で、仮に、他の予約開始時刻が取得された場合、この予約開始時刻についても、予想予約終了時刻を取得する。 Note that, if another reservation start time is acquired in the above, an expected reservation end time is also acquired for this reservation start time.
 また、空き状況情報取得部116は、図18に示した現在状況管理情報のうちの、「退店時刻」が空欄、即ちNullであるレコードの中から、「テーブルID」の値が「T01」であるレコードを検出する。そして、空き状況情報取得部116は、検出したレコードの「来店時刻」の値を取得する。ここでは、「利用ID」が「10053」であるレコードの「来店時刻」の値「17時10分」を取得する。そして、取得した「来店時刻」が示す時刻から、予め指定された長さの時間が経過した時刻を、それぞれ取得する。ここでは、予め指定された長さを2時間とする。予め指定された長さの時間が経過した時刻を、ここでは、予想退店時刻と呼び、来店時刻と予想退店時刻との間の時間帯を、予想利用時間帯と呼ぶ。ここでは、予想退店時刻として、「19時10分」を取得する。 Further, the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 sets the value of “Table ID” to “T01” from the records in which the “exit time” is blank, that is, Null among the current status management information shown in FIG. Find a record that is. Then, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires the value of “visit time” of the detected record. Here, the value “17:10” of “visit time” of the record whose “use ID” is “10053” is acquired. Then, the time at which a predetermined length of time has elapsed is acquired from the time indicated by the acquired “store visit time”. Here, the length designated in advance is 2 hours. Here, a time at which a predetermined length of time has elapsed is referred to as an expected closing time, and a time zone between the visiting time and the expected closing time is referred to as an expected use time zone. Here, “19:10” is acquired as the expected closing time.
 次に、空き状況情報取得部116は、飲食店Aの営業時間内において、上記の予想予約時間帯と、予想利用時間帯とのいずれにも重ならない予め指定された長さの連続した時間帯の検出を行う。ここでは一例として、予め指定された時間の長さを2時間とする。そして、現在の時刻以降の正時から15分刻みの時刻をそれぞれ開始時刻とした2時間の各時間帯について、上記の予想予約時間帯と、予想利用時間帯とに重なるか否かを順次判断する。ここでは、この15分刻みの開始時刻を、比較開始時刻と呼ぶ。そして、空き状況情報取得部116は、いずれにも重ならなかった場合の比較開始時刻を、それぞれ、予約可能な空き時間の開始時刻として取得する。取得した開始時刻は、「テーブルID」の値と対応付けて、図示しない記憶媒体等に一時記憶する。ここで一時記憶した情報が、この具体例における空き状況情報である。 Next, the availability status information acquisition unit 116, during the business hours of the restaurant A, a continuous time period of a predesignated length that does not overlap any of the expected reservation time period and the expected use time period. Detection is performed. Here, as an example, the length of time specified in advance is 2 hours. Then, for each time zone of 2 hours starting from the current time after the current hour in 15 minute increments, it is sequentially determined whether or not it overlaps with the expected reserved time zone and the expected usage time zone. To do. Here, the start time in 15 minute increments is referred to as a comparison start time. Then, the availability status information acquisition unit 116 acquires the comparison start times when they do not overlap with each other as the start times of the available idle times. The acquired start time is temporarily stored in a storage medium (not shown) in association with the value of “table ID”. The information temporarily stored here is the free space information in this specific example.
 なお、この具体例においては、比較開始時刻を、正時を基準とした15分刻みの時刻としたが、比較開始時刻はどのような時刻に設定しても良く、例えば、正時を基準としたn分刻み(nは1~30までの値等)の時刻であっても良い。 In this specific example, the comparison start time is set to a time of 15 minutes with reference to the hour, but the comparison start time may be set to any time. The time may be in increments of n minutes (where n is a value from 1 to 30, etc.).
 ここでは、例えば、現在の時刻が、「18時25分」であったとすると、空き状況情報取得部116は、現在時刻に最も近い15分刻みの時刻である「18時30分」から、順番に上記の処理を行う。具体的には、空き状況情報取得部116は、まず、この時刻「18時30分」を比較開始時刻として、この時刻から2時間経過した時刻「20時30分」を取得する。そして、まず、比較開始時刻が、上記の予想予約時間帯、または予想利用時間帯のいずれか一方の時間帯内の時刻であるか否かを判断する。なお、比較開始時刻が、予想予約終了時刻と一致する時刻である場合、ここでは、比較開始時刻が、上記の予想予約時間帯内の時刻ではないと判断する。予想退店時刻についても同様である。比較開始時刻がいずれか一方の時間帯内の時刻である場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、この開始時刻は、予想予約時間帯と、予想利用時間帯とのいずれにも重ならない予め指定された長さの連続した時間帯の開始時刻ではないと判断する。そして、次の15分後の開始時刻についても同様の処理を行う。また、いずれの時間帯の時刻でもない場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、2時間経過した時刻「20時30分」が、上記の予想予約時間帯、または予想利用時間帯のいずれか一方の時間帯内の時刻であるか否かを判断する。いずれか一つの時間帯内の時刻である場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、この開始時刻は、予想予約時間帯と、予想利用時間帯とのいずれにも重ならない予め指定された長さの連続した時間帯の開始時刻でないと判断する。そして、次の15分後の開始時刻についても同様の処理を行う。また、いずれの時間帯の時刻でもなかった場合、空き状況情報取得部116は、この開始時刻を予約可能な空き時間の開始時刻として取得する。取得した開始時刻は、「テーブルID」の値である「T01」と対応付けて、図示しない記憶媒体等に一時記憶する。そして、次の15分後の開始時刻についても同様の処理を行う。なお、開始時刻に2時間を加算した時刻が、飲食店Aの営業時間外の時刻となる場合に、この「テーブルID」が「T01」である利用箇所についての空き時間の検出処理を終了する。ここでは、空き状況情報取得部116は、上記の処理により、「21時30分」と、「21時45分」と、「22時00分」とを、予約可能な空き時間の開始時刻として取得する。 Here, for example, if the current time is “18:25”, the availability information acquisition unit 116 starts from “18:30”, which is the time in 15-minute increments closest to the current time. The above processing is performed. Specifically, the availability information acquisition unit 116 first acquires the time “20:30”, which is two hours after this time, with the time “18:30” as the comparison start time. First, it is determined whether or not the comparison start time is a time within one of the above-described expected reservation time zone and the expected usage time zone. If the comparison start time is a time that coincides with the expected reservation end time, it is determined here that the comparison start time is not a time within the expected reservation time zone. The same applies to the expected closing time. When the comparison start time is a time within one of the time zones, the availability information acquisition unit 116 designates the start time in advance so as not to overlap with either the expected reserved time zone or the expected usage time zone. It is determined that it is not the start time of a continuous time period of a certain length. The same processing is performed for the start time after the next 15 minutes. In addition, when it is not the time of any time zone, the availability status information acquisition unit 116 indicates that the time “20:30” after the elapse of 2 hours is one of the above-described predicted reservation time zone or the expected usage time zone. It is determined whether the time is within the time zone. When the time is within any one of the time zones, the availability information acquisition unit 116 determines that the start time has a length specified in advance that does not overlap either the expected reservation time zone or the expected usage time zone. It is determined that it is not the start time of the continuous time zone. The same processing is performed for the start time after the next 15 minutes. If it is not the time of any time zone, the availability information acquisition unit 116 acquires this start time as the start time of the available idle time. The acquired start time is temporarily stored in a storage medium or the like (not shown) in association with “T01” which is the value of “table ID”. The same processing is performed for the start time after the next 15 minutes. If the time obtained by adding 2 hours to the start time is a time outside the business hours of restaurant A, the free time detection process for the use location whose “table ID” is “T01” ends. . Here, the availability status information acquisition unit 116 uses the above processing to set “21:30”, “21:45”, and “22:00” as the start time of the available idle time. get.
 空き状況情報取得部116は、同様に、図21に示した利用箇所管理情報の、「利用人数」の値が、予約照会情報が示す利用人数の値である「4」以上のレコードの、上から2番目以降の各レコードから、「テーブルID」の値を順次取得し、上記と同様の処理を行い、「テーブルID」毎に、空き時間の開始時刻を取得する。 Similarly, the vacancy status information acquisition unit 116 records the upper part of the record of “4” or more in which the value of “number of users” of the use location management information shown in FIG. 21 is the value of the number of users indicated by the reservation inquiry information. From the second and subsequent records, the value of “table ID” is sequentially acquired, the same processing as described above is performed, and the start time of the free time is acquired for each “table ID”.
 なお、ここでは具体例の説明は省略するが、図22において、予約テーブルの入力フィールド83に、テーブル識別情報が入力されていた場合、上記の処理の代わりに、例えば、この入力されていたテーブル識別情報が示すテーブルについて、本日の現在以降に空きがあるか否かを判断する。また、図22において、予約開始時刻の入力フィールド81に開始時刻が指定されている場合、上記の処理の代わりに、例えば、本日のこの開始時刻から、予め指定された時間内に、テーブルに空きがあるか否かを判断する。 Although description of a specific example is omitted here, if table identification information is input in the input field 83 of the reservation table in FIG. 22, for example, this input table is used instead of the above processing. For the table indicated by the identification information, it is determined whether or not there is a space after the current day. In FIG. 22, when the start time is specified in the input field 81 for the reservation start time, instead of the above processing, for example, the table has a free space within the time specified in advance from the start time of today. Judge whether there is.
 図23は、空き状況情報取得部116が取得して一時記憶させている空き状況情報を示す図である。空き状況情報は、「テーブルID」と「予約可能時刻」という属性を有している。「テーブルID」は、図21の「テーブルID」に対応する。「予約可能時刻」は、2時間の予約が可能な空き時間の開始時刻である。ここでは、各行を、空き状況情報の各レコードと考える。 FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the availability information acquired and temporarily stored by the availability information acquisition unit 116. The availability information has attributes of “table ID” and “reservable time”. The “table ID” corresponds to the “table ID” in FIG. The “reservable time” is a start time of a free time in which a 2-hour reservation is possible. Here, each line is considered as each record of availability information.
 次に、予約判断部117は、空き状況情報取得部116が取得した空き状況情報を用いて、予約が可能であるか否かを判断する。ここでは、空き状況情報取得部116が、1以上のレコードを有する空き状況情報を取得したため、予約判断部117は、予約が可能であると判断する。 Next, the reservation determination unit 117 determines whether reservation is possible using the availability information acquired by the availability information acquisition unit 116. Here, since the availability information acquisition unit 116 has acquired availability information having one or more records, the reservation determination unit 117 determines that a reservation is possible.
 出力部120は、予約判断部117が、予約が可能であると判断したため、予約を行うための予約画面の情報を予約画面格納部118から読み出して、情報通信端末200に送信する。 Since the reservation determining unit 117 determines that the reservation is possible, the output unit 120 reads information on the reservation screen for performing the reservation from the reservation screen storage unit 118 and transmits the information to the information communication terminal 200.
 また、この具体例においては、出力部120は、空き状況情報取得部116が取得した図23の空き状況情報の「予約可能時刻」の値を、15分刻みの時刻毎に集計する。そして、出力部120は、集計により得られた値を、図示しない記憶媒体等に予め格納されているテンプレートに配置して飲食店Aの空き状況を示す画面の情報を作成し、予約画面と同様に、情報通信端末200に送信する。なお、予約画面や空き状況を示す画面等は、例えばHTMLファイル等のデータや、画像データで構成される。 Further, in this specific example, the output unit 120 aggregates the “reservable time” values of the availability information in FIG. 23 acquired by the availability information acquisition unit 116 for each time in 15 minute increments. And the output part 120 produces the information of the screen which shows the empty condition of the restaurant A by arrange | positioning the value obtained by totaling to the template previously stored in the storage medium etc. which is not illustrated, and is the same as a reservation screen To the information communication terminal 200. Note that the reservation screen, the screen showing the availability, etc. are composed of data such as an HTML file or image data, for example.
 情報通信端末200は、出力部120から送信される予約画面や空き状況を示す画面の情報を受信すると、これらの情報をモニタに表示する。 When the information communication terminal 200 receives the information on the reservation screen and the screen indicating the free space transmitted from the output unit 120, the information communication terminal 200 displays the information on the monitor.
 図24は、情報通信端末200による、出力部120が出力した予約画面および空き状況を示す画面の情報の表示例を示す図である。図において、左側が予約画面201を示し、左側が空き状況を示す画面202を示す。空き状況を示す画面202においては、「予約可能時刻」の集計結果が「0」であった時刻については「空席なし」が表示され、「予約可能時刻」の集計結果が「0」以外であった時刻については「空席」の後にその集計数が表示される。 FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a display example of information on the reservation screen and the screen showing the free space output by the output unit 120 by the information communication terminal 200. In the figure, the left side shows a reservation screen 201, and the left side shows a screen 202 showing the availability. On the screen 202 showing the vacancy status, “no vacant seat” is displayed for the time when the total result of “reservable time” is “0”, and the total result of “reservable time” is other than “0”. The total number is displayed after “vacant seats”.
 次に、店員が、電話やメールを用いて、予約を申し込んだユーザに、予約が可能である旨を伝え、情報通信端末200に表示されている空き状況を示す画面202を参考にして、ユーザに予約可能な時刻を伝えたとする。そして、ユーザから、ユーザの識別情報である「U0801」と、予約可能な時刻のうちの一つを選択する指示を受けたとする。 Next, the store clerk notifies the user who applied for the reservation using a telephone or e-mail that the reservation is possible, and the user is referred to the screen 202 showing the vacancy status displayed on the information communication terminal 200. Suppose that the time that can be reserved is reported to. Then, it is assumed that the user receives an instruction to select “U0801” that is the user identification information and one of the reservation-available times.
 店員は、予約画面202において、ユーザにより選択された予約時刻「21時30分」を予約時刻入力フィールド205に、ユーザ識別情報「U0801」をユーザ識別情報入力フィールド206に、上記で受け付けた利用人数「4」を利用人数入力フィールド207に、それぞれ入力する。そして、店員が「予約実行」ボタン208を押したとする。 In the reservation screen 202, the clerk displays the reservation time “21:30” selected by the user in the reservation time input field 205 and the user identification information “U0801” in the user identification information input field 206. Enter “4” in the user number input field 207. Then, it is assumed that the store clerk presses the “reservation execution” button 208.
 図25は、「予約実行」ボタン208を押す直前の情報通信端末200の表示例を示す図である。なお、予約画面202は、上記以外の情報を受け付けるための入力フィールドやチェックボックス等を有していても良いことはいうまでもない。また、予約するテーブルを指定するための情報として「テーブルID」を受け付けても良い。 FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a display example of the information communication terminal 200 immediately before the “reservation execution” button 208 is pressed. Needless to say, the reservation screen 202 may have an input field or a check box for receiving information other than the above. Further, “table ID” may be received as information for designating a table to be reserved.
 予約画面201のこれらの入力フィールドに入力された情報が、情報通信端末200から予約情報処理装置100に送信される。予約情報処理装置100の予約指示受付部122は、この予約時刻、ユーザ識別情報、および利用人数の情報を予約指示として受け付け、予約情報蓄積部123は、この予約時刻、ユーザ識別情報、および利用人数の情報を有する予約情報を、予約情報格納部112に追記する。なお、ここでは、予約指示に利用箇所情報である「テーブルID」が含まれていないため、予約情報蓄積部123は、図23に示した空き状況情報から、予約指示に含まれる時刻「21時30分」と一致する時刻を示す「予約可能時刻」を有するレコードの「テーブルID」の値を取得し、予約情報に用いる。ここでは、「テーブルID」として、「T01」を取得する。なお、複数の「テーブルID」の値が取得される場合、どのように一の「テーブルID」の値を取得するようにしても良く、例えば、ランダムに取得してもよいし、空き状況情報の配列順に取得しても良い。 Information input in these input fields of the reservation screen 201 is transmitted from the information communication terminal 200 to the reservation information processing apparatus 100. The reservation instruction receiving unit 122 of the reservation information processing apparatus 100 receives the reservation time, user identification information, and information on the number of users as a reservation instruction, and the reservation information storage unit 123 is configured with the reservation time, the user identification information, and the number of users. Reservation information having this information is added to the reservation information storage unit 112. Here, since the “table ID” that is the usage location information is not included in the reservation instruction, the reservation information storage unit 123 determines the time “21 o'clock included in the reservation instruction from the availability information shown in FIG. The value of “table ID” of the record having “reservable time” indicating the time coincident with “30 minutes” is acquired and used as reservation information. Here, “T01” is acquired as the “table ID”. In addition, when a plurality of “table ID” values are acquired, the value of one “table ID” may be acquired. May be acquired in the order of arrangement.
 図26は、予約情報を含むレコードが追記された予約情報管理情報を示す図である。これにより、予約が完了したこととなる。 FIG. 26 is a diagram showing reservation information management information in which a record including reservation information is added. As a result, the reservation is completed.
 なお、予約画面201等に「ユーザID」を登録するための画面へのリンクボタン等を設けるようにし、このリンクボタンを押すことで、会員登録画面等を出力して、会員登録が行えるようにしても良い。これにより、例えば、予約を行うユーザが会員登録されておらず、予約に利用する「ユーザID」がない場合には、会員登録を行って「ユーザID」を取得することが可能となる。 In addition, a link button to a screen for registering a “user ID” is provided on the reservation screen 201 etc., and by pressing this link button, a member registration screen etc. is output so that member registration can be performed. May be. Thereby, for example, when the user who makes the reservation is not registered as a member and there is no “user ID” to be used for the reservation, the member registration can be performed and the “user ID” can be acquired.
 ここで、仮に、上記において空き状況情報取得部116が、1以上の空き状況情報を取得できなかったとする。 Here, it is assumed that the availability information acquisition unit 116 cannot acquire one or more availability information in the above.
 予約判断部117は、予約照会情報により要求された予約ができないと判断する。そして、出力部120は、行列予約画面格納部119に格納されている行列予約画面の情報を情報通信端末200に送信する。 The reservation determination unit 117 determines that the reservation requested by the reservation inquiry information cannot be made. Then, the output unit 120 transmits information on the matrix reservation screen stored in the matrix reservation screen storage unit 119 to the information communication terminal 200.
 情報通信端末200は、出力部120から送信される行列予約画面の情報を受信すると、これらの情報をモニタに表示する。 When the information communication terminal 200 receives the information on the matrix reservation screen transmitted from the output unit 120, the information communication terminal 200 displays the information on the monitor.
 図27は、情報通信端末200による、出力部120が出力した行列予約画面の情報の表示例を示す図である。 FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a display example of information on the matrix reservation screen output from the output unit 120 by the information communication terminal 200.
 次に、店員が、電話やメールを用いて、予約を申し込んだユーザに、予約はできないが、行列待ちの予約ができる旨を伝え、行列待ちの予約を行うことに同意を得たユーザから、ユーザ識別情報である「U0801」と、利用人数である「4」との提供を受けたとする。なお、店員は、更に、行列待ちを行うテーブルを指定するための情報として「テーブルID」を受け付けても良い。 Next, the clerk tells the user who applied for the reservation by phone or e-mail that the reservation is not possible, but the queue waiting reservation can be made, and the user who has agreed to make the queue waiting reservation, Assume that the user identification information “U0801” and the number of users “4” are received. The store clerk may also accept a “table ID” as information for designating a table to be queued.
 店員は、図27に示すような、情報通信端末200に表示されている行列予約画面において、ユーザ識別情報「U0801」をユーザ識別情報入力フィールド232に入力し、上記で受け付けた利用人数「4」を利用人数入力フィールド233に入力し、「行列予約実行」ボタン234を押したとする。 In the queue reservation screen displayed on the information communication terminal 200 as shown in FIG. 27, the store clerk inputs the user identification information “U0801” into the user identification information input field 232 and receives the number of users “4” received above. Is entered in the number-of-users input field 233, and the “execution of matrix reservation” button 234 is pressed.
 情報通信端末200は、上記のユーザ識別情報「U0801」と、利用人数「4」とを予約情報処理装置100に送信する。予約情報処理装置100の行列予約指示受付部124は、情報通信端末200から送信されるこれらの情報を行列予約指示として受信し、行列予約情報蓄積部125は、これらの情報と、図示しない時計等から取得した現在の時刻とを有する行列予約情報を、行列予約情報格納部121に追記する。 The information communication terminal 200 transmits the user identification information “U0801” and the number of users “4” to the reservation information processing apparatus 100. The matrix reservation instruction receiving unit 124 of the reservation information processing apparatus 100 receives these pieces of information transmitted from the information communication terminal 200 as a matrix reservation instruction, and the matrix reservation information accumulating unit 125 receives these information, a clock (not shown), etc. The matrix reservation information having the current time acquired from the above is added to the matrix reservation information storage unit 121.
 図28は、行列予約情報格納部121に格納されている行列予約情報を管理する行列予約情報管理情報である。行列予約情報管理情報は、「ユーザID」と、「利用人数」と、「蓄積時刻」、「テーブルID」という項目を有している。「ユーザID」は、行列予約画面から入力されたユーザ識別情報である。「利用人数」は、行列予約画面から入力された利用人数である。「蓄積時刻」は、行列予約情報が蓄積された時刻である。なお、「蓄積時刻」の代わりに、行列予約情報の蓄積された順番が判断可能な情報であれば、「蓄積時刻」の代わりに、行列予約指示等を受け付けた時刻や、蓄積順番等を示す情報を用いるようにしても良い。「テーブルID」は、行列予約画面から入力された利用箇所情報であり、ここでは、テーブル番号である。なお、「テーブルID」の空欄、即ちNull値は、行列予約時に利用するテーブルの指定がないことを示す。 FIG. 28 shows queue reservation information management information for managing queue reservation information stored in the queue reservation information storage unit 121. The queue reservation information management information includes items of “user ID”, “number of users”, “accumulation time”, and “table ID”. “User ID” is user identification information input from the queue reservation screen. “Number of users” is the number of users input from the queue reservation screen. “Accumulation time” is the time when the matrix reservation information is accumulated. In addition, instead of “accumulation time”, if the information in which the order in which the matrix reservation information is accumulated can be determined, the time when the matrix reservation instruction is received, the accumulation order, etc. are indicated instead of “accumulation time”. Information may be used. “Table ID” is usage location information input from the matrix reservation screen, and is a table number here. Note that a blank “table ID”, that is, a null value, indicates that there is no specification of a table to be used at the time of matrix reservation.
 このようにして、予約ができなかった場合、行列待ちの予約を行うことが可能となる。 In this way, if a reservation cannot be made, it is possible to make a reservation waiting for a queue.
 以上、本実施の形態によれば、予約情報と現在状況情報とを用いて取得した空き状況情報を用いて、新たな予約の可否を判断することができるため、予約状況と現在の飲食店におけるユーザの来店状況との両方を考慮して、予約を適切に行うことが可能となる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to determine whether or not a new reservation can be made using the availability information acquired using the reservation information and the current status information. It is possible to appropriately make a reservation in consideration of both the store visit situation of the user.
 なお、上記各実施の形態において、各処理(各機能)は、単一の装置(システム)によって集中処理されることによって実現されてもよく、あるいは、複数の装置によって分散処理されることによって実現されてもよい。 In each of the above embodiments, each process (each function) may be realized by centralized processing by a single device (system), or by distributed processing by a plurality of devices. May be.
 また、上記各実施の形態において、一の装置に存在する2以上の通信手段(情報送信部や予約状況情報受付部や予約指示受付部等)は、物理的に一の媒体で実現されても良いことは言うまでもない。 In each of the above embodiments, two or more communication means (information transmission unit, reservation status information reception unit, reservation instruction reception unit, etc.) existing in one device may be physically realized by one medium. It goes without saying that it is good.
 また、上記実施の形態では、情報処理装置がスタンドアロンである場合について説明したが、情報処理装置は、スタンドアロンの装置であってもよく、サーバ・クライアントシステムにおけるサーバ装置であってもよい。後者の場合には、出力部や受付部は、通信回線を介して入力を受け付けたり、画面を出力したりすることになる。 In the above embodiment, the case where the information processing apparatus is stand-alone has been described. However, the information processing apparatus may be a stand-alone apparatus or a server apparatus in a server / client system. In the latter case, the output unit or the reception unit receives an input or outputs a screen via a communication line.
 また、本発明においては、予約情報処理装置は、スタンドアロンの装置であってもよく、サーバ・クライアントシステムにおけるサーバ装置であってもよい。後者の場合には、出力部や受付部は、通信回線を介して入力を受け付けたり、画面を出力したりすることになる。 In the present invention, the reservation information processing apparatus may be a stand-alone apparatus or a server apparatus in a server / client system. In the latter case, the output unit or the reception unit receives input or outputs a screen via a communication line.
 また、上記各実施の形態において、各構成要素は専用のハードウェアにより構成されてもよく、あるいは、ソフトウェアにより実現可能な構成要素については、プログラムを実行することによって実現されてもよい。例えば、ハードディスクや半導体メモリ等の記録媒体に記録されたソフトウェア・プログラムをCPU等のプログラム実行部が読み出して実行することによって、各構成要素が実現され得る。その実行時に、プログラム実行部は、格納部(例えば、ハードディスクやメモリ等の記録媒体)にアクセスしながらプログラムを実行してもよい。 In each of the above embodiments, each component may be configured by dedicated hardware, or a component that can be realized by software may be realized by executing a program. For example, each component can be realized by a program execution unit such as a CPU reading and executing a software program recorded on a recording medium such as a hard disk or a semiconductor memory. At the time of execution, the program execution unit may execute the program while accessing a storage unit (for example, a recording medium such as a hard disk or a memory).
 なお、上記実施の形態1における情報処理装置を実現するソフトウェアは、以下のようなプログラムである。つまり、このプログラムは、1以上のユーザによる飲食店の利用に関する情報である利用情報が格納される利用情報格納部と、飲食店の利用を促す情報であるプロモーション情報が格納されるプロモーション情報格納部と、ユーザに対応した連絡先を示す情報である1以上の連絡先情報が格納される連絡先情報格納部と、にアクセス可能なコンピュータを、利用情報を受け付け、利用情報格納部に蓄積する利用情報受付部と、利用情報格納部に格納されている利用情報に応じたプロモーション情報をプロモーション情報格納部から取得するプロモーション情報取得部と、プロモーション情報取得部が取得したプロモーション情報を、連絡先情報格納部に格納されている1以上の連絡先情報が示す連絡先に送信する送信部として機能させるためのプログラムである。 Note that the software that realizes the information processing apparatus in the first embodiment is the following program. In other words, this program includes a usage information storage unit that stores usage information that is information related to the use of restaurants by one or more users, and a promotion information storage unit that stores promotion information that is information that encourages the use of restaurants. And a contact information storage unit in which one or more contact information that is information indicating a contact corresponding to the user is stored, and a computer accessible to the usage information is received and stored in the usage information storage unit An information reception unit, a promotion information acquisition unit that acquires promotion information corresponding to the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit from the promotion information storage unit, and the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit stores contact information To function as a transmission unit that transmits to a contact indicated by one or more contact information stored in the unit Is a program.
 なお、上記実施の形態2における予約情報処理装置を実現するソフトウェアは、以下のようなプログラムである。つまり、このプログラムは、飲食店におけるユーザが利用可能な箇所である1以上の利用箇所に関する情報である利用箇所情報が格納される利用箇所格納部と、飲食店におけるユーザの予約を示す情報であって、ユーザが予約した利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有する情報である予約情報が格納される予約情報格納部と、飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有する情報である利用状況情報が格納される利用状況格納部と、にアクセス可能なコンピュータを、飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を受け付け、利用箇所情報を有する利用状況情報を、利用状況格納部に蓄積する利用状況受付部と、飲食店に対するユーザの予約の可否を照会する情報である予約照会情報を受け付ける予約照会情報受付部と、利用箇所格納部に格納されている利用箇所情報と、予約情報に含まれる利用箇所情報と、利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報とを用いて、予約可能な利用箇所についての状況を示す情報である空き状況情報を取得する空き状況情報取得部と、空き状況情報を用いて、予約照会情報が示す予約の可否を判断する予約判断部と、予約判断部の判断結果に応じた出力を行う出力部と、予約判断部が予約可能であると判断した場合に、予約情報を蓄積する指示である予約指示を受け付ける予約指示受付部と、予約指示に応じた予約情報を予約情報格納部に蓄積する予約情報蓄積部として機能させるためのプログラムである。 The software that realizes the reservation information processing apparatus in the second embodiment is the following program. In other words, this program is information indicating usage location storage that stores usage location information, which is information relating to one or more usage locations that are available to the user in the restaurant, and information about the user's reservation in the restaurant. And a reservation information storage unit for storing reservation information, which is information having usage location information relating to usage locations reserved by the user, and usage location information relating to usage locations used by users visiting restaurants. Use location information storing usage status information that is information, and accepting usage location information on usage locations used by users visiting restaurants, using usage status information, and having usage location information A usage status reception unit that accumulates usage status information in the usage status storage unit, and a reservation information that is information for inquiring whether a user can make a reservation for a restaurant. Reservation can be made using the reservation inquiry information reception unit that receives information, the usage location information stored in the usage location storage, the usage location information included in the reservation information, and the usage location information included in the usage status information A space availability information acquisition unit that acquires space availability information that is information indicating the status of various usage points, a reservation determination unit that determines whether or not a reservation indicated by the reservation inquiry information is available, and a reservation determination unit An output unit that performs output according to the determination result, a reservation instruction reception unit that receives a reservation instruction that is an instruction to accumulate reservation information when the reservation determination unit determines that a reservation is possible, and a response that corresponds to the reservation instruction This is a program for functioning as a reservation information storage unit that stores reservation information in a reservation information storage unit.
 なお、上記プログラムにおいて、上記プログラムが実現する機能には、ハードウェアでしか実現できない機能は含まれない。例えば、情報を取得する取得部や、情報を出力する出力部などにおけるモデムやインターフェースカードなどのハードウェアでしか実現できない機能は、上記プログラムが実現する機能には含まれない。 In the above program, the functions realized by the program do not include functions that can only be realized by hardware. For example, a function that can be realized only by hardware such as a modem or an interface card in an acquisition unit that acquires information or an output unit that outputs information is not included in the function realized by the program.
 また、このプログラムを実行するコンピュータは、単数であってもよく、複数であってもよい。すなわち、集中処理を行ってもよく、あるいは分散処理を行ってもよい。 Further, the computer that executes this program may be singular or plural. That is, centralized processing may be performed, or distributed processing may be performed.
 図29は、上記プログラムを実行して、上記実施の形態1による情報処理装置、及び上記実施の形態2による予約情報処理装置を実現するコンピュータの外観の一例を示す模式図である。上記実施の形態は、コンピュータハードウェア及びその上で実行されるコンピュータプログラムによって実現されうる。 FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the external appearance of a computer that executes the program and realizes the information processing apparatus according to the first embodiment and the reservation information processing apparatus according to the second embodiment. The above-described embodiment can be realized by computer hardware and a computer program executed on the computer hardware.
 図29において、コンピュータシステム900は、CD-ROM(Compact Disk Read Only Memory)ドライブ905、FD(Floppy(登録商標) Disk)ドライブ906を含むコンピュータ901と、キーボード902と、マウス903と、モニタ904とを備える。 In FIG. 29, a computer system 900 includes a computer 901 including a CD-ROM (Compact Disk Only Memory) drive 905, an FD (Floppy (registered trademark) Disk) drive 906, a keyboard 902, a mouse 903, a monitor 904, and the like. Is provided.
 図30は、コンピュータシステム900の内部構成を示す図である。図30において、コンピュータ901は、CD-ROMドライブ905、FDドライブ906に加えて、MPU(Micro Processing Unit)911と、ブートアッププログラム等のプログラムを記憶するためのROM912と、MPU911に接続され、アプリケーションプログラムの命令を一時的に記憶すると共に、一時記憶空間を提供するRAM(Random Access Memory)913と、アプリケーションプログラム、システムプログラム、及びデータを記憶するハードディスク914と、MPU911、ROM912等を相互に接続するバス915とを備える。なお、コンピュータ901は、LANへの接続を提供する図示しないネットワークカードを含んでいてもよい。 FIG. 30 is a diagram showing an internal configuration of the computer system 900. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 30, in addition to the CD-ROM drive 905 and the FD drive 906, a computer 901 is connected to an MPU (Micro Processing Unit) 911, a ROM 912 for storing a program such as a bootup program, and the MPU 911. A RAM (Random Access Memory) 913 that temporarily stores program instructions and a temporary storage space, a hard disk 914 that stores application programs, system programs, and data, and an MPU 911 and a ROM 912 are interconnected. And a bus 915. The computer 901 may include a network card (not shown) that provides connection to the LAN.
 コンピュータシステム900に、上記実施の形態1による情報処理装置及び上記実施の形態2による予約情報処理装置等の機能を実行させるプログラムは、CD-ROM921、またはFD922に記憶されて、CD-ROMドライブ905、またはFDドライブ906に挿入され、ハードディスク914に転送されてもよい。これに代えて、そのプログラムは、図示しないネットワークを介してコンピュータ901に送信され、ハードディスク914に記憶されてもよい。プログラムは実行の際にRAM913にロードされる。なお、プログラムは、CD-ROM921やFD922、またはネットワークから直接、ロードされてもよい。 A program for causing the computer system 900 to execute functions of the information processing apparatus according to the first embodiment and the reservation information processing apparatus according to the second embodiment is stored in the CD-ROM 921 or the FD 922, and the CD-ROM drive 905 Or may be inserted into the FD drive 906 and transferred to the hard disk 914. Instead, the program may be transmitted to the computer 901 via a network (not shown) and stored in the hard disk 914. The program is loaded into the RAM 913 when executed. The program may be loaded directly from the CD-ROM 921, the FD 922, or the network.
 プログラムは、コンピュータ901に、上記実施の形態1による予約情報処理装置及び上記実施の形態2による予約情報処理装置の機能を実行させるオペレーティングシステム(OS)、またはサードパーティプログラム等を必ずしも含んでいなくてもよい。プログラムは、制御された態様で適切な機能(モジュール)を呼び出し、所望の結果が得られるようにする命令の部分のみを含んでいてもよい。コンピュータシステム900がどのように動作するのかについては周知であり、詳細な説明は省略する。 The program does not necessarily include an operating system (OS) or a third-party program that causes the computer 901 to execute the functions of the reservation information processing apparatus according to the first embodiment and the reservation information processing apparatus according to the second embodiment. May be. The program may include only a part of an instruction that calls an appropriate function (module) in a controlled manner and obtains a desired result. How the computer system 900 operates is well known and will not be described in detail.
 本発明は、以上の実施の形態に限定されることなく、種々の変更が可能であり、それらも本発明の範囲内に包含されるものであることは言うまでもない。 The present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications are possible, and it goes without saying that these are also included in the scope of the present invention.
 以上のように、本発明にかかる情報処理装置等は、プロモーションのための情報を送信する装置等として適しており、特に、飲食店についてのプロモーションのための情報を送信する装置等として有用である。 As described above, the information processing device according to the present invention is suitable as a device that transmits information for promotion, and is particularly useful as a device that transmits information for promotion about restaurants. .
 また、本発明にかかる予約情報処理装置等は、予約を管理する装置等として適しており、特に、飲食店における予約を管理する装置等として有用である。 Further, the reservation information processing apparatus according to the present invention is suitable as an apparatus for managing reservations, and is particularly useful as an apparatus for managing reservations at restaurants.

Claims (14)

  1. 1以上のユーザによる飲食店の利用に関する情報である利用情報が格納される利用情報格納部と、
    利用情報を受け付け、前記利用情報格納部に蓄積する利用情報受付部と、
    前記飲食店の利用を促す情報であるプロモーション情報が格納されるプロモーション情報格納部と、
    前記利用情報格納部に格納されている利用情報に応じたプロモーション情報を前記プロモーション情報格納部から取得するプロモーション情報取得部と、
    ユーザに対応した連絡先を示す情報である1以上の連絡先情報が格納される連絡先情報格納部と、
    前記プロモーション情報取得部が取得したプロモーション情報を、前記連絡先情報格納部に格納されている1以上の連絡先情報が示す連絡先に送信する送信部とを備えた情報処理装置。
    A usage information storage unit that stores usage information that is information related to the use of a restaurant by one or more users;
    A usage information receiving unit that receives usage information and stores the usage information in the usage information storage unit;
    A promotion information storage unit that stores promotion information that is information prompting the use of the restaurant;
    A promotion information acquisition unit for acquiring promotion information corresponding to the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit from the promotion information storage unit;
    A contact information storage unit that stores one or more contact information that is information indicating a contact corresponding to the user;
    An information processing apparatus comprising: a transmission unit that transmits the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit to a contact indicated by one or more contact information stored in the contact information storage unit.
  2. 前記プロモーション情報格納部には、利用情報に関する条件を示す情報である条件情報と、前記プロモーション情報と、を有する情報であるプロモーション管理情報が格納され、
    前記プロモーション情報取得部は、前記利用情報格納部に格納された利用情報が、前記プロモーション情報格納部に格納されている1以上の前記条件情報を満たす場合に、当該条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を、前記プロモーション管理情報から取得する請求項1記載の情報処理装置。
    The promotion information storage unit stores promotion management information that is information including condition information that is information indicating conditions regarding usage information and the promotion information.
    The promotion information acquisition unit, when the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit satisfies one or more of the condition information stored in the promotion information storage unit, the promotion associated with the condition information The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein information is acquired from the promotion management information.
  3. 前記利用情報格納部には、ユーザによる現在の前記飲食店の利用状況を示す情報である現在状況情報を含む利用情報が格納され、
    前記プロモーション情報格納部には、前記現在状況情報に関する条件を含む条件情報が格納され、
    前記プロモーション情報取得部は、前記利用情報格納部に格納された現在状況情報を含む利用情報が、前記プロモーション情報格納部に格納されている前記現在状況情報に関する条件を含む1以上の前記条件情報を満たす場合に、当該条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を取得する請求項2記載の情報処理装置。
    The usage information storage unit stores usage information including current status information that is information indicating the current usage status of the restaurant by the user,
    In the promotion information storage unit, condition information including conditions relating to the current situation information is stored,
    The promotion information acquisition unit includes one or more pieces of the condition information including usage conditions including current status information stored in the usage information storage unit, including conditions regarding the current status information stored in the promotion information storage unit. The information processing apparatus according to claim 2, wherein when the condition is satisfied, the promotion information associated with the condition information is acquired.
  4. 前記利用情報格納部には、ユーザが注文した飲食物を示す情報である注文履歴情報を含む利用情報が格納され、
    前記プロモーション情報格納部には、前記注文履歴情報に関する条件を含む条件情報が格納されており、
    前記プロモーション情報取得部は、前記利用情報格納部に格納された注文履歴情報を含む利用情報が、前記プロモーション情報格納部に格納されている注文履歴情報に関する条件を含む1以上の前記条件情報を満たす場合に、当該条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を取得する請求項2記載の情報処理装置。
    The usage information storage unit stores usage information including order history information which is information indicating food and drink ordered by the user,
    The promotion information storage unit stores condition information including conditions relating to the order history information,
    The promotion information acquisition unit satisfies one or more pieces of the condition information including use condition information including order history information stored in the use information storage unit, including conditions relating to order history information stored in the promotion information storage unit The information processing apparatus according to claim 2, wherein the promotion information associated with the condition information is acquired.
  5. 前記利用情報格納部には、ユーザが来店した時間帯を示す情報である来店時間帯を含む利用情報が格納され、
    前記プロモーション情報取得部は、前記利用情報に含まれる来店時間帯を用いて、ユーザが来店する頻度の低い時間帯であるアイドルタイムを検出し、当該アイドルタイムの前に、前記プロモーション情報を取得し、
    前記送信部は、前記アイドルタイムの前に前記プロモーション情報を送信する請求項1記載の情報処理装置。
    The usage information storage unit stores usage information including a store visit time zone, which is information indicating a time zone the user has visited,
    The promotion information acquisition unit detects an idle time, which is a time zone in which a user visits the store less frequently, using the visit time zone included in the usage information, and acquires the promotion information before the idle time. ,
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the transmission unit transmits the promotion information before the idle time.
  6. 前記プロモーション情報は、前記飲食店で提供される飲食物の料金の割引に関する情報である割引情報またはユーザに提供される特典を示す特典情報である請求項1記載の情報処理装置。 The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the promotion information is discount information that is information related to a discount on food and drink provided at the restaurant or privilege information that indicates a privilege provided to a user.
  7. 前記利用情報格納部には、前記利用情報が、ユーザの識別情報であるユーザ識別情報と対応付けて格納され、
    前記利用情報受付部は、前記利用情報とユーザ識別情報とを受け付け、受け付けた利用情報とユーザ識別情報とを対応付けて前記利用情報格納部に蓄積し、
    前記プロモーション情報取得部は、前記ユーザ識別情報毎に、当該ユーザ識別情報と対応付けられた利用情報が、前記プロモーション情報格納部に格納されている1以上の前記条件情報を満たすか否かを判断し、満たす場合に、当該条件情報と対応付けられたプロモーション情報を取得し、
    前記連絡先情報格納部には、前記連絡先情報が、前記ユーザ識別情報と対応付けられて格納されており、
    前記送信部は、前記プロモーション情報取得部が取得したプロモーション情報を、当該プロモーション情報に対応するユーザ識別情報に対応付けられた連絡先情報が示す連絡先に送信する請求項2記載の情報処理装置。
    In the usage information storage unit, the usage information is stored in association with user identification information that is user identification information,
    The usage information receiving unit receives the usage information and user identification information, and stores the received usage information and user identification information in association with each other in the usage information storage unit,
    The promotion information acquisition unit determines, for each user identification information, whether usage information associated with the user identification information satisfies one or more condition information stored in the promotion information storage unit. If it satisfies, the promotion information associated with the condition information is acquired,
    In the contact information storage unit, the contact information is stored in association with the user identification information,
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 2, wherein the transmission unit transmits the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit to a contact indicated by contact information associated with user identification information corresponding to the promotion information.
  8. 1以上のユーザによる飲食店の利用に関する情報である利用情報が格納される利用情報格納部と、利用情報受付部と、前記飲食店の利用を促す情報であるプロモーション情報が格納されるプロモーション情報格納部と、プロモーション情報取得部と、ユーザに対応した連絡先を示す情報である1以上の連絡先情報が格納される連絡先情報格納部と、送信部とを用いて行われる情報処理方法であって、
    前記利用情報受付部が、利用情報を受け付け、前記利用情報格納部に蓄積する利用情報受付ステップ、
    前記プロモーション情報取得部が、前記利用情報格納部に格納されている利用情報に応じたプロモーション情報を前記プロモーション情報格納部から取得するプロモーション情報取得ステップと、
    前記送信部が、前記プロモーション情報取得ステップで取得したプロモーション情報を、前記連絡先情報格納部に格納されている1以上の連絡先情報が示す連絡先に送信する送信ステップとを備えた情報処理方法。
    A usage information storage unit that stores usage information that is information related to usage of a restaurant by one or more users, a usage information reception unit, and a promotion information storage that stores promotion information that is information that prompts the user to use the restaurant Information processing method performed using a transmission unit, a promotion information acquisition unit, a contact information storage unit that stores one or more contact information that is information indicating a contact corresponding to a user, and a transmission unit And
    A usage information reception step in which the usage information reception unit receives the usage information and stores the usage information in the usage information storage unit;
    The promotion information acquisition part acquires the promotion information according to the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit from the promotion information storage unit,
    An information processing method comprising: a transmission step in which the transmission unit transmits the promotion information acquired in the promotion information acquisition step to a contact indicated by one or more contact information stored in the contact information storage unit .
  9. 1以上のユーザによる飲食店の利用に関する情報である利用情報が格納される利用情報格納部と、前記飲食店の利用を促す情報であるプロモーション情報が格納されるプロモーション情報格納部と、ユーザに対応した連絡先を示す情報である1以上の連絡先情報が格納される連絡先情報格納部と、にアクセス可能なコンピュータを、
    利用情報を受け付け、前記利用情報格納部に蓄積する利用情報受付部と、
    前記利用情報格納部に格納されている利用情報に応じたプロモーション情報を前記プロモーション情報格納部から取得するプロモーション情報取得部と、
    前記プロモーション情報取得部が取得したプロモーション情報を、前記連絡先情報格納部に格納されている1以上の連絡先情報が示す連絡先に送信する送信部として機能させるためのプログラムが記録されたコンピュータ可読の記録媒体。
    Corresponding to a user, a usage information storage unit that stores usage information that is information on the usage of a restaurant by one or more users, a promotion information storage unit that stores promotion information that is information that prompts the user to use the restaurant A computer that is accessible to a contact information storage unit that stores one or more contact information that is information indicating the contact information
    A usage information receiving unit that receives usage information and stores the usage information in the usage information storage unit;
    A promotion information acquisition unit for acquiring promotion information corresponding to the usage information stored in the usage information storage unit from the promotion information storage unit;
    A computer readable recording of a program for causing the promotion information acquired by the promotion information acquisition unit to function as a transmission unit that transmits to the contact indicated by the one or more contact information stored in the contact information storage unit Recording media.
  10. 飲食店におけるユーザが利用可能な箇所である1以上の利用箇所に関する情報である利用箇所情報が格納される利用箇所格納部と、
    前記飲食店におけるユーザの予約を示す情報であって、当該ユーザが予約した利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有する情報である予約情報が格納される予約情報格納部と、
    飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有する情報である利用状況情報が格納される利用状況格納部と、
    飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を受け付け、当該利用箇所情報を有する利用状況情報を、前記利用状況格納部に蓄積する利用状況受付部と、
    前記飲食店に対するユーザの予約の可否を照会する情報である予約照会情報を受け付ける予約照会情報受付部と、
    前記利用箇所格納部に格納されている利用箇所情報と、前記予約情報に含まれる利用箇所情報と、前記利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報とを用いて、予約可能な利用箇所についての状況を示す情報である空き状況情報を取得する空き状況情報取得部と、
    前記空き状況情報を用いて、前記予約照会情報が示す予約の可否を判断する予約判断部と、
    前記予約判断部の判断結果に応じた出力を行う出力部と、
    前記予約判断部が予約可能であると判断した場合に、予約情報を蓄積する指示である予約指示を受け付ける予約指示受付部と、
    前記予約指示に応じた予約情報を前記予約情報格納部に蓄積する予約情報蓄積部とを備えた予約情報処理装置。
    A usage location storage unit that stores usage location information that is information relating to one or more usage locations that are available to a user in a restaurant;
    Reservation information storage unit for storing reservation information, which is information indicating user reservation in the restaurant, and is information having use location information related to the use location reserved by the user;
    A usage status storage unit that stores usage status information, which is information having usage location information related to usage locations used by users who visit restaurants;
    A usage status receiving unit that receives usage location information about a usage location used by a user visiting a restaurant, and stores usage status information having the usage location information in the usage status storage unit;
    A reservation inquiry information receiving unit for receiving reservation inquiry information, which is information for inquiring whether or not a user can make a reservation for the restaurant;
    Using the usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit, the usage location information included in the reservation information, and the usage location information included in the usage status information, the status of the usage location that can be reserved is determined. An availability information acquisition unit that acquires availability information that is information to indicate;
    A reservation determination unit that determines whether or not a reservation indicated by the reservation inquiry information using the availability information,
    An output unit that performs output according to the determination result of the reservation determination unit;
    A reservation instruction receiving unit that receives a reservation instruction that is an instruction to accumulate reservation information when the reservation determining unit determines that a reservation is possible;
    A reservation information processing apparatus comprising: a reservation information storage unit that stores reservation information corresponding to the reservation instruction in the reservation information storage unit.
  11. 前記利用箇所情報は、利用箇所の識別情報である請求項10記載の予約情報処理装置。 The reservation information processing apparatus according to claim 10, wherein the usage location information is identification information of a usage location.
  12. 前記飲食店における利用箇所の空きを待つユーザのユーザ識別情報を有する情報である行列予約情報が格納される行列予約情報格納部と、
    予約指示を受け付ける画面である予約画面の情報が格納される予約画面格納部と、
    行列予約情報を蓄積する指示である行列予約指示を受け付ける画面である行列予約画面の情報が格納される行列予約画面格納部と、を更に備え、
    前記出力部は、前記予約判断部が予約可能と判断した場合に前記予約画面格納部に格納されている予約画面を出力し、前記予約判断部が予約可能でないと判断した場合に前記行列予約画面格納部に格納されている行列予約画面を出力し、
    前記予約指示受付部は、前記予約画面を介して、予約指示を受け付け、
    前記行列予約画面を介して、行列予約指示を受け付ける行列予約指示受付部と、
    前記行列予約指示に応じた行列予約情報を前記行列予約情報格納部に蓄積する行列予約情報蓄積部とを更に備えた請求項10記載の予約情報処理装置。
    A matrix reservation information storage unit for storing matrix reservation information, which is information having user identification information of a user who waits for a vacant place in the restaurant,
    A reservation screen storage unit for storing information of a reservation screen which is a screen for receiving a reservation instruction;
    A matrix reservation screen storage unit that stores information of a matrix reservation screen that is a screen for receiving a matrix reservation instruction that is an instruction to store the matrix reservation information;
    The output unit outputs a reservation screen stored in the reservation screen storage unit when the reservation determination unit determines that reservation is possible, and the matrix reservation screen when the reservation determination unit determines that reservation is not possible Output the matrix reservation screen stored in the storage unit,
    The reservation instruction receiving unit receives a reservation instruction via the reservation screen,
    A matrix reservation instruction receiving unit for receiving a matrix reservation instruction via the matrix reservation screen;
    The reservation information processing apparatus according to claim 10, further comprising a matrix reservation information storage unit that stores matrix reservation information corresponding to the matrix reservation instruction in the matrix reservation information storage unit.
  13. 飲食店におけるユーザが利用可能な箇所である1以上の利用箇所に関する情報である利用箇所情報が格納される利用箇所格納部と、前記飲食店におけるユーザの予約を示す情報であって、当該ユーザが予約した利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有する情報である予約情報が格納される予約情報格納部と、飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有する情報である利用状況情報が格納される利用状況格納部と、利用状況受付部と、予約照会情報受付部と、空き状況情報取得部と、予約判断部と、出力部と、予約指示受付部と、予約情報蓄積部とを用いて行われる予約情報処理方法であって、
    前記利用状況受付部が、飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を受け付け、当該利用箇所情報を有する利用状況情報を、前記利用状況格納部に蓄積する利用状況受付ステップと、
    前記予約照会情報受付部が、前記飲食店に対するユーザの予約の可否を照会する情報である予約照会情報を受け付ける予約照会情報受付ステップと、
    前記空き状況情報取得部が、前記利用箇所格納部に格納されている利用箇所情報と、前記予約情報に含まれる利用箇所情報と、前記利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報とを用いて、予約可能な利用箇所についての状況を示す情報である空き状況情報を取得する空き状況情報取得ステップと、
    前記予約判断部が、前記空き状況情報を用いて、前記予約照会情報が示す予約の可否を判断する予約判断ステップと、
    前記出力部が、前記予約判断ステップによる判断結果に応じた出力を行う出力ステップと、
    前記予約判断ステップで予約可能であると判断した場合に、前記予約指示受付部が、予約情報を蓄積する指示である予約指示を受け付ける予約指示受付ステップと、
    前記予約情報蓄積部が、前記予約指示に応じた予約情報を前記予約情報格納部に蓄積する予約情報蓄積ステップとを備えた予約情報処理方法。
    A usage location storage unit that stores usage location information that is information relating to one or more usage locations that are available to a user in a restaurant, and information indicating a user's reservation in the restaurant; Reservation information storage unit for storing reservation information, which is information having usage location information relating to the reserved usage location, and use of information having usage location information relating to the usage location used by a user visiting the restaurant Usage status storage unit for storing status information, usage status reception unit, reservation inquiry information reception unit, availability status information acquisition unit, reservation determination unit, output unit, reservation instruction reception unit, and reservation information storage A reservation information processing method performed using
    Usage status in which the usage status reception unit receives usage location information relating to a usage location used by a user visiting a restaurant and accumulates usage status information having the usage location information in the usage status storage unit A reception step;
    Reservation inquiry information reception step for accepting reservation inquiry information, which is information for inquiring whether the user can make reservations for the restaurant.
    The vacancy status information acquisition unit uses the usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit, the usage location information included in the reservation information, and the usage location information included in the usage status information to make a reservation. An availability information acquisition step for acquiring availability information, which is information indicating the status of possible usage points;
    The reservation determining unit determines whether or not the reservation indicated by the reservation inquiry information is possible using the availability information;
    An output step in which the output unit performs output in accordance with a determination result in the reservation determination step;
    A reservation instruction receiving step in which the reservation instruction receiving unit receives a reservation instruction that is an instruction to accumulate reservation information when it is determined that the reservation is possible in the reservation determination step;
    A reservation information processing method comprising: a reservation information storage step in which the reservation information storage unit stores reservation information corresponding to the reservation instruction in the reservation information storage unit.
  14. 飲食店におけるユーザが利用可能な箇所である1以上の利用箇所に関する情報である利用箇所情報が格納される利用箇所格納部と、前記飲食店におけるユーザの予約を示す情報であって、当該ユーザが予約した利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有する情報である予約情報が格納される予約情報格納部と、飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を有する情報である利用状況情報が格納される利用状況格納部と、にアクセス可能なコンピュータを、
    飲食店に来店しているユーザが利用している利用箇所に関する利用箇所情報を受け付け、当該利用箇所情報を有する利用状況情報を、前記利用状況格納部に蓄積する利用状況受付部と、
    前記飲食店に対するユーザの予約の可否を照会する情報である予約照会情報を受け付ける予約照会情報受付部と、
    前記利用箇所格納部に格納されている利用箇所情報と、前記予約情報に含まれる利用箇所情報と、前記利用状況情報に含まれる利用箇所情報とを用いて、予約可能な利用箇所についての状況を示す情報である空き状況情報を取得する空き状況情報取得部と、
    前記空き状況情報を用いて、前記予約照会情報が示す予約の可否を判断する予約判断部と、
    前記予約判断部の判断結果に応じた出力を行う出力部と、
    前記予約判断部が予約可能であると判断した場合に、予約情報を蓄積する指示である予約指示を受け付ける予約指示受付部と、
    前記予約指示に応じた予約情報を前記予約情報格納部に蓄積する予約情報蓄積部として機能させるためのプログラムが記録されたコンピュータ可読の記録媒体。
    A usage location storage unit that stores usage location information that is information relating to one or more usage locations that are available to a user in a restaurant, and information indicating a user's reservation in the restaurant; Reservation information storage unit for storing reservation information, which is information having usage location information relating to the reserved usage location, and use of information having usage location information relating to the usage location used by a user visiting the restaurant A usage storage unit for storing status information, and a computer accessible to
    A usage status receiving unit that receives usage location information about a usage location used by a user visiting a restaurant, and stores usage status information having the usage location information in the usage status storage unit;
    A reservation inquiry information receiving unit for receiving reservation inquiry information, which is information for inquiring whether or not a user can make a reservation for the restaurant;
    Using the usage location information stored in the usage location storage unit, the usage location information included in the reservation information, and the usage location information included in the usage status information, the status of the usage location that can be reserved is determined. An availability information acquisition unit that acquires availability information that is information to indicate;
    A reservation determination unit that determines whether or not a reservation indicated by the reservation inquiry information using the availability information,
    An output unit that performs output according to the determination result of the reservation determination unit;
    A reservation instruction receiving unit that receives a reservation instruction that is an instruction to accumulate reservation information when the reservation determining unit determines that a reservation is possible;
    A computer-readable recording medium on which a program for causing a reservation information storage unit that stores reservation information corresponding to the reservation instruction to function as a reservation information storage unit is recorded.
PCT/JP2013/073383 2012-09-19 2013-08-30 Information processing device WO2014045844A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012-205259 2012-09-19
JP2012205259A JP6064475B2 (en) 2012-09-19 2012-09-19 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
JP2012248053A JP6433043B2 (en) 2012-11-12 2012-11-12 Reservation information processing apparatus, reservation information processing method, and program
JP2012-248053 2012-11-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014045844A1 true WO2014045844A1 (en) 2014-03-27

Family

ID=50341163

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/073383 WO2014045844A1 (en) 2012-09-19 2013-08-30 Information processing device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2014045844A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5899360B1 (en) * 2015-07-03 2016-04-06 株式会社リクルートホールディングス Reservation management terminal, reservation management method and reservation management program
JP2019091409A (en) * 2017-11-13 2019-06-13 株式会社ぐるなび Reservation acceptance support device, reservation acceptance support program, and reservation acceptance support method
CN110598886A (en) * 2018-06-12 2019-12-20 丰田自动车株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and non-transitory storage medium
JP6990473B1 (en) 2021-03-25 2022-01-12 合同会社岡武 Information processing method, information processing device and computer program
JP7335411B1 (en) * 2022-09-21 2023-08-29 PayPay株式会社 Information processing device, information processing method and information processing program

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003006300A (en) * 2001-06-25 2003-01-10 Ricoh Co Ltd Customer management system, method and program therefor
JP2003108839A (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-11 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Utilization situation information processing device, utilization situation information processing method, and terminal
JP2006018405A (en) * 2004-06-30 2006-01-19 Nec Corp Queue target destination management system, management server, queue target destination terminal, user terminal, queue target destination management method and recording medium
JP2006323592A (en) * 2005-05-18 2006-11-30 Docomo Technology Inc Server
JP2010225090A (en) * 2009-03-25 2010-10-07 Fujitsu Fsas Inc Coupon distribution destination determination method and system
JP2012038098A (en) * 2010-08-06 2012-02-23 Colopl Inc Electronic coupon management system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003006300A (en) * 2001-06-25 2003-01-10 Ricoh Co Ltd Customer management system, method and program therefor
JP2003108839A (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-11 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Utilization situation information processing device, utilization situation information processing method, and terminal
JP2006018405A (en) * 2004-06-30 2006-01-19 Nec Corp Queue target destination management system, management server, queue target destination terminal, user terminal, queue target destination management method and recording medium
JP2006323592A (en) * 2005-05-18 2006-11-30 Docomo Technology Inc Server
JP2010225090A (en) * 2009-03-25 2010-10-07 Fujitsu Fsas Inc Coupon distribution destination determination method and system
JP2012038098A (en) * 2010-08-06 2012-02-23 Colopl Inc Electronic coupon management system

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5899360B1 (en) * 2015-07-03 2016-04-06 株式会社リクルートホールディングス Reservation management terminal, reservation management method and reservation management program
WO2017006874A1 (en) * 2015-07-03 2017-01-12 株式会社リクルートホールディングス Reservation management terminal, reservation management method, and reservation management program
JP2017016499A (en) * 2015-07-03 2017-01-19 株式会社リクルートホールディングス Reservation management terminal, reservation management method, and reservation management program
JP2019091409A (en) * 2017-11-13 2019-06-13 株式会社ぐるなび Reservation acceptance support device, reservation acceptance support program, and reservation acceptance support method
CN110598886A (en) * 2018-06-12 2019-12-20 丰田自动车株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and non-transitory storage medium
JP6990473B1 (en) 2021-03-25 2022-01-12 合同会社岡武 Information processing method, information processing device and computer program
JP2022149810A (en) * 2021-03-25 2022-10-07 合同会社岡武 Information processing method, information processing apparatus, and computer program
JP7335411B1 (en) * 2022-09-21 2023-08-29 PayPay株式会社 Information processing device, information processing method and information processing program

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6116729B1 (en) Coupon delivery system
US20180268434A1 (en) Coupon Issue System and Recording Medium
JP6741285B1 (en) Travel plan proposal system
JP2016122355A (en) Waiting time management device
AU2012277131A1 (en) Apparatus and Method for Processing Information of a Search Result
WO2014045844A1 (en) Information processing device
US20140310030A1 (en) System and method for processing establishment reservation
JP2007153618A (en) Transportation information processing method
WO2016035699A1 (en) Reservation system
JP6419263B1 (en) Providing device, providing method, and providing program
JP2012098944A (en) Degree of busyness calculation device, store management system, degree of busyness calculation method and program
JP5297004B2 (en) Information distribution server, information distribution system, information distribution server program, and information distribution method
JP2020129177A (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and information processing program
JP2019067109A (en) Information providing system
JP2007058800A (en) Reservation system
JP6064475B2 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
AU2008232558A1 (en) Determining advertising conversion
KR20020017051A (en) Network-based restaurant reservation method and system
WO2012133499A1 (en) Coupon provision system
JP6433043B2 (en) Reservation information processing apparatus, reservation information processing method, and program
JP2023156442A (en) Facility management system, facility management method, and facility management program
JP6955476B2 (en) Providing equipment, providing method and providing program
JP5702512B1 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and information processing program
JP7408704B2 (en) Online shopping mall system, display control method, and program
JP2008077251A (en) Service provision/selection system, service provision/selection method, program, and recording medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13839057

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205N DATED 27/05/2015)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13839057

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1